/[svn]/web/trunk/www.linuxsampler.org/api/draft-linuxsampler-protocol.html
ViewVC logotype

Contents of /web/trunk/www.linuxsampler.org/api/draft-linuxsampler-protocol.html

Parent Directory Parent Directory | Revision Log Revision Log


Revision 2023 - (show annotations) (download) (as text)
Sun Nov 1 12:59:16 2009 UTC (14 years, 5 months ago) by schoenebeck
File MIME type: text/html
File size: 431529 byte(s)
* updated LSCP specs for sending MIDI CC

1 <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
2 <html lang="en"><head><title>LinuxSampler Control Protocol</title>
3 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
4 <meta name="description" content="LinuxSampler Control Protocol">
5 <meta name="keywords" content="LSCP">
6 <meta name="generator" content="xml2rfc v1.34 (http://xml.resource.org/)">
7 <style type='text/css'><!--
8 body {
9 font-family: verdana, charcoal, helvetica, arial, sans-serif;
10 font-size: small; color: #000; background-color: #FFF;
11 margin: 2em;
12 }
13 h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 {
14 font-family: helvetica, monaco, "MS Sans Serif", arial, sans-serif;
15 font-weight: bold; font-style: normal;
16 }
17 h1 { color: #900; background-color: transparent; text-align: right; }
18 h3 { color: #333; background-color: transparent; }
19
20 td.RFCbug {
21 font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;
22 width: 30px; height: 30px; padding-top: 2px;
23 text-align: justify; vertical-align: middle;
24 background-color: #000;
25 }
26 td.RFCbug span.RFC {
27 font-family: monaco, charcoal, geneva, "MS Sans Serif", helvetica, verdana, sans-serif;
28 font-weight: bold; color: #666;
29 }
30 td.RFCbug span.hotText {
31 font-family: charcoal, monaco, geneva, "MS Sans Serif", helvetica, verdana, sans-serif;
32 font-weight: normal; text-align: center; color: #FFF;
33 }
34
35 table.TOCbug { width: 30px; height: 15px; }
36 td.TOCbug {
37 text-align: center; width: 30px; height: 15px;
38 color: #FFF; background-color: #900;
39 }
40 td.TOCbug a {
41 font-family: monaco, charcoal, geneva, "MS Sans Serif", helvetica, sans-serif;
42 font-weight: bold; font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;
43 color: #FFF; background-color: transparent;
44 }
45
46 td.header {
47 font-family: arial, helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: x-small;
48 vertical-align: top; width: 33%;
49 color: #FFF; background-color: #666;
50 }
51 td.author { font-weight: bold; font-size: x-small; margin-left: 4em; }
52 td.author-text { font-size: x-small; }
53
54 /* info code from SantaKlauss at http://www.madaboutstyle.com/tooltip2.html */
55 a.info {
56 /* This is the key. */
57 position: relative;
58 z-index: 24;
59 text-decoration: none;
60 }
61 a.info:hover {
62 z-index: 25;
63 color: #FFF; background-color: #900;
64 }
65 a.info span { display: none; }
66 a.info:hover span.info {
67 /* The span will display just on :hover state. */
68 display: block;
69 position: absolute;
70 font-size: smaller;
71 top: 2em; left: -5em; width: 15em;
72 padding: 2px; border: 1px solid #333;
73 color: #900; background-color: #EEE;
74 text-align: left;
75 }
76
77 a { font-weight: bold; }
78 a:link { color: #900; background-color: transparent; }
79 a:visited { color: #633; background-color: transparent; }
80 a:active { color: #633; background-color: transparent; }
81
82 p { margin-left: 2em; margin-right: 2em; }
83 p.copyright { font-size: x-small; }
84 p.toc { font-size: small; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 3em; }
85 table.toc { margin: 0 0 0 3em; padding: 0; border: 0; vertical-align: text-top; }
86 td.toc { font-size: small; font-weight: bold; vertical-align: text-top; }
87
88 ol.text { margin-left: 2em; margin-right: 2em; }
89 ul.text { margin-left: 2em; margin-right: 2em; }
90 li { margin-left: 3em; }
91
92 /* RFC-2629 <spanx>s and <artwork>s. */
93 em { font-style: italic; }
94 strong { font-weight: bold; }
95 dfn { font-weight: bold; font-style: normal; }
96 cite { font-weight: normal; font-style: normal; }
97 tt { color: #036; }
98 tt, pre, pre dfn, pre em, pre cite, pre span {
99 font-family: "Courier New", Courier, monospace; font-size: small;
100 }
101 pre {
102 text-align: left; padding: 4px;
103 color: #000; background-color: #CCC;
104 }
105 pre dfn { color: #900; }
106 pre em { color: #66F; background-color: #FFC; font-weight: normal; }
107 pre .key { color: #33C; font-weight: bold; }
108 pre .id { color: #900; }
109 pre .str { color: #000; background-color: #CFF; }
110 pre .val { color: #066; }
111 pre .rep { color: #909; }
112 pre .oth { color: #000; background-color: #FCF; }
113 pre .err { background-color: #FCC; }
114
115 /* RFC-2629 <texttable>s. */
116 table.all, table.full, table.headers, table.none {
117 font-size: small; text-align: center; border-width: 2px;
118 vertical-align: top; border-collapse: collapse;
119 }
120 table.all, table.full { border-style: solid; border-color: black; }
121 table.headers, table.none { border-style: none; }
122 th {
123 font-weight: bold; border-color: black;
124 border-width: 2px 2px 3px 2px;
125 }
126 table.all th, table.full th { border-style: solid; }
127 table.headers th { border-style: none none solid none; }
128 table.none th { border-style: none; }
129 table.all td {
130 border-style: solid; border-color: #333;
131 border-width: 1px 2px;
132 }
133 table.full td, table.headers td, table.none td { border-style: none; }
134
135 hr { height: 1px; }
136 hr.insert {
137 width: 80%; border-style: none; border-width: 0;
138 color: #CCC; background-color: #CCC;
139 }
140 --></style>
141 </head>
142 <body>
143 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
144 <table summary="layout" width="66%" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0"><tr><td><table summary="layout" width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="1">
145 <tr><td class="header">LinuxSampler Developers</td><td class="header">C. Schoenebeck</td></tr>
146 <tr><td class="header">Internet-Draft</td><td class="header">Interessengemeinschaft Software</td></tr>
147 <tr><td class="header">Intended status: Standards Track</td><td class="header">Engineering e. V.</td></tr>
148 <tr><td class="header">Expires: May 5, 2010</td><td class="header">November 1, 2009</td></tr>
149 </table></td></tr></table>
150 <h1><br />LinuxSampler Control Protocol<br />LSCP 1.5</h1>
151
152 <h3>Abstract</h3>
153
154 <p>The LinuxSampler Control Protocol (LSCP) is an
155 application-level protocol primarily intended for local and
156 remote controlling the LinuxSampler backend application, which is a
157 sophisticated server-like console application essentially playing
158 back audio samples and manipulating the samples in real time to
159 certain extent.
160 </p>
161 <h3>Status of this Memo</h3>
162 <p>
163 By submitting this Internet-Draft,
164 each author represents that any applicable patent or other IPR claims of which
165 he or she is aware have been or will be disclosed,
166 and any of which he or she becomes aware will be disclosed,
167 in accordance with Section&nbsp;6 of BCP&nbsp;79.</p>
168 <p>
169 Internet-Drafts are working documents of the Internet Engineering
170 Task Force (IETF), its areas, and its working groups.
171 Note that other groups may also distribute working documents as
172 Internet-Drafts.</p>
173 <p>
174 Internet-Drafts are draft documents valid for a maximum of six months
175 and may be updated, replaced, or obsoleted by other documents at any time.
176 It is inappropriate to use Internet-Drafts as reference material or to cite
177 them other than as &ldquo;work in progress.&rdquo;</p>
178 <p>
179 The list of current Internet-Drafts can be accessed at
180 <a href='http://www.ietf.org/ietf/1id-abstracts.txt'>http://www.ietf.org/ietf/1id-abstracts.txt</a>.</p>
181 <p>
182 The list of Internet-Draft Shadow Directories can be accessed at
183 <a href='http://www.ietf.org/shadow.html'>http://www.ietf.org/shadow.html</a>.</p>
184 <p>
185 This Internet-Draft will expire on May 5, 2010.</p>
186 <a name="toc"></a><br /><hr />
187 <h3>Table of Contents</h3>
188 <p class="toc">
189 <a href="#anchor1">1.</a>&nbsp;
190 Requirements notation<br />
191 <a href="#LSCP versioning">2.</a>&nbsp;
192 Versioning of this specification<br />
193 <a href="#anchor2">3.</a>&nbsp;
194 Introduction<br />
195 <a href="#anchor3">4.</a>&nbsp;
196 Focus of this protocol<br />
197 <a href="#anchor4">5.</a>&nbsp;
198 Communication Overview<br />
199 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#anchor5">5.1.</a>&nbsp;
200 Request/response communication method<br />
201 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#anchor6">5.1.1.</a>&nbsp;
202 Result format<br />
203 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#anchor7">5.2.</a>&nbsp;
204 Subscribe/notify communication method<br />
205 <a href="#control_commands">6.</a>&nbsp;
206 Description for control commands<br />
207 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#anchor8">6.1.</a>&nbsp;
208 Ignored lines and comments<br />
209 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#anchor9">6.2.</a>&nbsp;
210 Configuring audio drivers<br />
211 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS">6.2.1.</a>&nbsp;
212 Getting amount of available audio output drivers<br />
213 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS">6.2.2.</a>&nbsp;
214 Getting all available audio output drivers<br />
215 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO">6.2.3.</a>&nbsp;
216 Getting information about a specific audio
217 output driver<br />
218 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO">6.2.4.</a>&nbsp;
219 Getting information about specific audio
220 output driver parameter<br />
221 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE">6.2.5.</a>&nbsp;
222 Creating an audio output device<br />
223 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#DESTROY AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE">6.2.6.</a>&nbsp;
224 Destroying an audio output device<br />
225 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES">6.2.7.</a>&nbsp;
226 Getting all created audio output device count<br />
227 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES">6.2.8.</a>&nbsp;
228 Getting all created audio output device list<br />
229 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE INFO">6.2.9.</a>&nbsp;
230 Getting current settings of an audio output device<br />
231 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER">6.2.10.</a>&nbsp;
232 Changing settings of audio output devices<br />
233 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO">6.2.11.</a>&nbsp;
234 Getting information about an audio channel<br />
235 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER INFO">6.2.12.</a>&nbsp;
236 Getting information about specific audio channel parameter<br />
237 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER">6.2.13.</a>&nbsp;
238 Changing settings of audio output channels<br />
239 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#anchor10">6.3.</a>&nbsp;
240 Configuring MIDI input drivers<br />
241 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS">6.3.1.</a>&nbsp;
242 Getting amount of available MIDI input drivers<br />
243 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS">6.3.2.</a>&nbsp;
244 Getting all available MIDI input drivers<br />
245 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO">6.3.3.</a>&nbsp;
246 Getting information about a specific MIDI input driver<br />
247 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO">6.3.4.</a>&nbsp;
248 Getting information about specific MIDI input driver parameter<br />
249 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE">6.3.5.</a>&nbsp;
250 Creating a MIDI input device<br />
251 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#DESTROY MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE">6.3.6.</a>&nbsp;
252 Destroying a MIDI input device<br />
253 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES">6.3.7.</a>&nbsp;
254 Getting all created MIDI input device count<br />
255 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES">6.3.8.</a>&nbsp;
256 Getting all created MIDI input device list<br />
257 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE INFO">6.3.9.</a>&nbsp;
258 Getting current settings of a MIDI input device<br />
259 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER">6.3.10.</a>&nbsp;
260 Changing settings of MIDI input devices<br />
261 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT INFO">6.3.11.</a>&nbsp;
262 Getting information about a MIDI port<br />
263 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER INFO">6.3.12.</a>&nbsp;
264 Getting information about specific MIDI port parameter<br />
265 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER">6.3.13.</a>&nbsp;
266 Changing settings of MIDI input ports<br />
267 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#anchor11">6.4.</a>&nbsp;
268 Configuring sampler channels<br />
269 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LOAD INSTRUMENT">6.4.1.</a>&nbsp;
270 Loading an instrument<br />
271 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LOAD ENGINE">6.4.2.</a>&nbsp;
272 Loading a sampler engine<br />
273 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET CHANNELS">6.4.3.</a>&nbsp;
274 Getting all created sampler channel count<br />
275 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LIST CHANNELS">6.4.4.</a>&nbsp;
276 Getting all created sampler channel list<br />
277 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#ADD CHANNEL">6.4.5.</a>&nbsp;
278 Adding a new sampler channel<br />
279 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#REMOVE CHANNEL">6.4.6.</a>&nbsp;
280 Removing a sampler channel<br />
281 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET AVAILABLE_ENGINES">6.4.7.</a>&nbsp;
282 Getting amount of available engines<br />
283 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES">6.4.8.</a>&nbsp;
284 Getting all available engines<br />
285 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET ENGINE INFO">6.4.9.</a>&nbsp;
286 Getting information about an engine<br />
287 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET CHANNEL INFO">6.4.10.</a>&nbsp;
288 Getting sampler channel information<br />
289 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET CHANNEL VOICE_COUNT">6.4.11.</a>&nbsp;
290 Current number of active voices<br />
291 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET CHANNEL STREAM_COUNT">6.4.12.</a>&nbsp;
292 Current number of active disk streams<br />
293 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL">6.4.13.</a>&nbsp;
294 Current fill state of disk stream buffers<br />
295 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE">6.4.14.</a>&nbsp;
296 Setting audio output device<br />
297 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_TYPE">6.4.15.</a>&nbsp;
298 Setting audio output type<br />
299 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL">6.4.16.</a>&nbsp;
300 Setting audio output channel<br />
301 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE">6.4.17.</a>&nbsp;
302 Setting MIDI input device<br />
303 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_TYPE">6.4.18.</a>&nbsp;
304 Setting MIDI input type<br />
305 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_PORT">6.4.19.</a>&nbsp;
306 Setting MIDI input port<br />
307 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL">6.4.20.</a>&nbsp;
308 Setting MIDI input channel<br />
309 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET CHANNEL VOLUME">6.4.21.</a>&nbsp;
310 Setting channel volume<br />
311 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET CHANNEL MUTE">6.4.22.</a>&nbsp;
312 Muting a sampler channel<br />
313 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET CHANNEL SOLO">6.4.23.</a>&nbsp;
314 Soloing a sampler channel<br />
315 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET CHANNEL MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP">6.4.24.</a>&nbsp;
316 Assigning a MIDI instrument map to a sampler channel<br />
317 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#CREATE FX_SEND">6.4.25.</a>&nbsp;
318 Adding an effect send to a sampler channel<br />
319 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#DESTROY FX_SEND">6.4.26.</a>&nbsp;
320 Removing an effect send from a sampler channel<br />
321 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET FX_SENDS">6.4.27.</a>&nbsp;
322 Getting amount of effect sends on a sampler channel<br />
323 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LIST FX_SENDS">6.4.28.</a>&nbsp;
324 Listing all effect sends on a sampler channel<br />
325 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET FX_SEND INFO">6.4.29.</a>&nbsp;
326 Getting effect send information<br />
327 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET FX_SEND NAME">6.4.30.</a>&nbsp;
328 Changing effect send's name<br />
329 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL">6.4.31.</a>&nbsp;
330 Altering effect send's audio routing<br />
331 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET FX_SEND MIDI_CONTROLLER">6.4.32.</a>&nbsp;
332 Altering effect send's MIDI controller<br />
333 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET FX_SEND LEVEL">6.4.33.</a>&nbsp;
334 Altering effect send's send level<br />
335 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SEND CHANNEL MIDI_DATA">6.4.34.</a>&nbsp;
336 Sending MIDI messages to sampler channel<br />
337 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#RESET CHANNEL">6.4.35.</a>&nbsp;
338 Resetting a sampler channel<br />
339 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#anchor12">6.5.</a>&nbsp;
340 Controlling connection<br />
341 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE">6.5.1.</a>&nbsp;
342 Register front-end for receiving event messages<br />
343 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#UNSUBSCRIBE">6.5.2.</a>&nbsp;
344 Unregister front-end for not receiving event messages<br />
345 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET ECHO">6.5.3.</a>&nbsp;
346 Enable or disable echo of commands<br />
347 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#QUIT">6.5.4.</a>&nbsp;
348 Close client connection<br />
349 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#anchor13">6.6.</a>&nbsp;
350 Global commands<br />
351 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT">6.6.1.</a>&nbsp;
352 Current number of active voices<br />
353 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT_MAX">6.6.2.</a>&nbsp;
354 Maximum amount of active voices<br />
355 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT">6.6.3.</a>&nbsp;
356 Current number of active disk streams<br />
357 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#RESET">6.6.4.</a>&nbsp;
358 Reset sampler<br />
359 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET SERVER INFO">6.6.5.</a>&nbsp;
360 General sampler informations<br />
361 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET VOLUME">6.6.6.</a>&nbsp;
362 Getting global volume attenuation<br />
363 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET VOLUME">6.6.7.</a>&nbsp;
364 Setting global volume attenuation<br />
365 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET VOICES">6.6.8.</a>&nbsp;
366 Getting global voice limit<br />
367 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET VOICES">6.6.9.</a>&nbsp;
368 Setting global voice limit<br />
369 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET STREAMS">6.6.10.</a>&nbsp;
370 Getting global disk stream limit<br />
371 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET STREAMS">6.6.11.</a>&nbsp;
372 Setting global disk stream limit<br />
373 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#MIDI Instrument Mapping">6.7.</a>&nbsp;
374 MIDI Instrument Mapping<br />
375 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP">6.7.1.</a>&nbsp;
376 Create a new MIDI instrument map<br />
377 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP">6.7.2.</a>&nbsp;
378 Delete one particular or all MIDI instrument maps<br />
379 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS">6.7.3.</a>&nbsp;
380 Get amount of existing MIDI instrument maps<br />
381 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS">6.7.4.</a>&nbsp;
382 Getting all created MIDI instrument maps<br />
383 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP INFO">6.7.5.</a>&nbsp;
384 Getting MIDI instrument map information<br />
385 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP NAME">6.7.6.</a>&nbsp;
386 Renaming a MIDI instrument map<br />
387 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT">6.7.7.</a>&nbsp;
388 Create or replace a MIDI instrument map entry<br />
389 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS">6.7.8.</a>&nbsp;
390 Getting ammount of MIDI instrument map entries<br />
391 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENTS">6.7.9.</a>&nbsp;
392 Getting indeces of all entries of a MIDI instrument map<br />
393 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#UNMAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT">6.7.10.</a>&nbsp;
394 Remove an entry from the MIDI instrument map<br />
395 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO">6.7.11.</a>&nbsp;
396 Get current settings of MIDI instrument map entry<br />
397 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS">6.7.12.</a>&nbsp;
398 Clear MIDI instrument map<br />
399 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#Managing Instruments Database">6.8.</a>&nbsp;
400 Managing Instruments Database<br />
401 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#ADD DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY">6.8.1.</a>&nbsp;
402 Creating a new instrument directory<br />
403 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY">6.8.2.</a>&nbsp;
404 Deleting an instrument directory<br />
405 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES">6.8.3.</a>&nbsp;
406 Getting amount of instrument directories<br />
407 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LIST DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES">6.8.4.</a>&nbsp;
408 Listing all directories in specific directory<br />
409 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO">6.8.5.</a>&nbsp;
410 Getting instrument directory information<br />
411 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME">6.8.6.</a>&nbsp;
412 Renaming an instrument directory<br />
413 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY">6.8.7.</a>&nbsp;
414 Moving an instrument directory<br />
415 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#COPY DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY">6.8.8.</a>&nbsp;
416 Copying instrument directories<br />
417 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION">6.8.9.</a>&nbsp;
418 Changing the description of directory<br />
419 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES">6.8.10.</a>&nbsp;
420 Finding directories<br />
421 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#ADD DB_INSTRUMENTS">6.8.11.</a>&nbsp;
422 Adding instruments to the instruments database<br />
423 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT">6.8.12.</a>&nbsp;
424 Removing an instrument<br />
425 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET DB_INSTRUMENTS">6.8.13.</a>&nbsp;
426 Getting amount of instruments<br />
427 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LIST DB_INSTRUMENTS">6.8.14.</a>&nbsp;
428 Listing all instruments in specific directory<br />
429 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO">6.8.15.</a>&nbsp;
430 Getting instrument information<br />
431 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME">6.8.16.</a>&nbsp;
432 Renaming an instrument<br />
433 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT">6.8.17.</a>&nbsp;
434 Moving an instrument<br />
435 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#COPY DB_INSTRUMENT">6.8.18.</a>&nbsp;
436 Copying instruments<br />
437 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION">6.8.19.</a>&nbsp;
438 Changing the description of instrument<br />
439 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS">6.8.20.</a>&nbsp;
440 Finding instruments<br />
441 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO">6.8.21.</a>&nbsp;
442 Getting job status information<br />
443 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#FORMAT INSTRUMENTS_DB">6.8.22.</a>&nbsp;
444 Formatting the instruments database<br />
445 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#FIND LOST DB_INSTRUMENT_FILES">6.8.23.</a>&nbsp;
446 Checking for lost instrument files<br />
447 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET DB_INSTRUMENT FILE_PATH">6.8.24.</a>&nbsp;
448 Replacing an instrument file<br />
449 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#editing_instruments">6.9.</a>&nbsp;
450 Editing Instruments<br />
451 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#EDIT INSTRUMENT">6.9.1.</a>&nbsp;
452 Opening an appropriate instrument editor application<br />
453 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#file_management">6.10.</a>&nbsp;
454 Managing Files<br />
455 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET FILE INSTRUMENTS">6.10.1.</a>&nbsp;
456 Retrieving amount of instruments of a file<br />
457 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LIST FILE INSTRUMENTS">6.10.2.</a>&nbsp;
458 Retrieving all instruments of a file<br />
459 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET FILE INSTRUMENT INFO">6.10.3.</a>&nbsp;
460 Retrieving informations about one instrument in a file<br />
461 <a href="#command_syntax">7.</a>&nbsp;
462 Command Syntax<br />
463 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#character_set">7.1.</a>&nbsp;
464 Character Set and Escape Sequences<br />
465 <a href="#events">8.</a>&nbsp;
466 Events<br />
467 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT">8.1.</a>&nbsp;
468 Number of audio output devices changed<br />
469 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO">8.2.</a>&nbsp;
470 Audio output device's settings changed<br />
471 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT">8.3.</a>&nbsp;
472 Number of MIDI input devices changed<br />
473 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO">8.4.</a>&nbsp;
474 MIDI input device's settings changed<br />
475 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_COUNT">8.5.</a>&nbsp;
476 Number of sampler channels changed<br />
477 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_MIDI">8.6.</a>&nbsp;
478 MIDI data on a sampler channel arrived<br />
479 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE DEVICE_MIDI">8.7.</a>&nbsp;
480 MIDI data on a MIDI input device arrived<br />
481 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE VOICE_COUNT">8.8.</a>&nbsp;
482 Number of active voices changed<br />
483 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE STREAM_COUNT">8.9.</a>&nbsp;
484 Number of active disk streams changed<br />
485 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE BUFFER_FILL">8.10.</a>&nbsp;
486 Disk stream buffer fill state changed<br />
487 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_INFO">8.11.</a>&nbsp;
488 Channel information changed<br />
489 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE FX_SEND_COUNT">8.12.</a>&nbsp;
490 Number of effect sends changed<br />
491 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE FX_SEND_INFO">8.13.</a>&nbsp;
492 Effect send information changed<br />
493 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT">8.14.</a>&nbsp;
494 Total number of active voices changed<br />
495 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT">8.15.</a>&nbsp;
496 Total number of active disk streams changed<br />
497 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT">8.16.</a>&nbsp;
498 Number of MIDI instrument maps changed<br />
499 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO">8.17.</a>&nbsp;
500 MIDI instrument map information changed<br />
501 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT">8.18.</a>&nbsp;
502 Number of MIDI instruments changed<br />
503 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO">8.19.</a>&nbsp;
504 MIDI instrument information changed<br />
505 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE GLOBAL_INFO">8.20.</a>&nbsp;
506 Global settings changed<br />
507 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT">8.21.</a>&nbsp;
508 Number of database instrument directories changed<br />
509 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO">8.22.</a>&nbsp;
510 Database instrument directory information changed<br />
511 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT">8.23.</a>&nbsp;
512 Number of database instruments changed<br />
513 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO">8.24.</a>&nbsp;
514 Database instrument information changed<br />
515 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB_INFO">8.25.</a>&nbsp;
516 Database job status information changed<br />
517 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE MISCELLANEOUS">8.26.</a>&nbsp;
518 Miscellaneous and debugging events<br />
519 <a href="#anchor14">9.</a>&nbsp;
520 Security Considerations<br />
521 <a href="#anchor15">10.</a>&nbsp;
522 Acknowledgments<br />
523 <a href="#rfc.references1">11.</a>&nbsp;
524 References<br />
525 <a href="#rfc.authors">&#167;</a>&nbsp;
526 Author's Address<br />
527 <a href="#rfc.copyright">&#167;</a>&nbsp;
528 Intellectual Property and Copyright Statements<br />
529 </p>
530 <br clear="all" />
531
532 <a name="anchor1"></a><br /><hr />
533 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
534 <a name="rfc.section.1"></a><h3>1.&nbsp;
535 Requirements notation</h3>
536
537 <p>The key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "REQUIRED", "SHALL",
538 "SHALL NOT", "SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED", "MAY",
539 and "OPTIONAL" in this document are to be interpreted as
540 described in <a class='info' href='#RFC2119'>[RFC2119]<span> (</span><span class='info'>Bradner, S., &ldquo;Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate Requirement Levels,&rdquo; 1997.</span><span>)</span></a>.
541 </p>
542 <p>This protocol is always case-sensitive if not explicitly
543 claimed the opposite.
544 </p>
545 <p>In examples, "C:" and "S:" indicate lines sent by the client
546 (front-end) and server (LinuxSampler) respectively. Lines in
547 examples must be interpreted as every line being CRLF
548 terminated (carriage return character followed by line feed
549 character as defined in the ASCII standard <a class='info' href='#RFC20'>[RFC20]<span> (</span><span class='info'>UCLA, &ldquo;ASCII format for Network Interchange,&rdquo; 1969.</span><span>)</span></a>),
550 thus the following example:
551 </p>
552 <p>
553 </p>
554 <blockquote class="text">
555 <p>C: "some line"
556 </p>
557 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"another line"
558 </p>
559 </blockquote><p>
560
561 </p>
562 <p>must actually be interpreted as client sending the following
563 message:
564 </p>
565 <p>
566 </p>
567 <blockquote class="text">
568 <p>"some line&lt;CR&gt;&lt;LF&gt;another
569 line&lt;CR&gt;&lt;LF&gt;"
570 </p>
571 </blockquote><p>
572
573 </p>
574 <p>where &lt;CR&gt; symbolizes the carriage return character and
575 &lt;LF&gt; the line feed character as defined in the ASCII
576 standard.
577 </p>
578 <p>Due to technical reasons, messages can arbitrary be
579 fragmented, means the following example:
580 </p>
581 <p>
582 </p>
583 <blockquote class="text">
584 <p>S: "abcd"
585 </p>
586 </blockquote><p>
587
588 </p>
589 <p>could also happen to be sent in three messages like in the
590 following sequence scenario:
591 </p>
592 <p>
593 </p>
594 <ul class="text">
595 <li>server sending message "a"
596 </li>
597 <li>followed by a delay (pause) with
598 arbitrary duration
599 </li>
600 <li>followed by server sending message
601 "bcd&lt;CR&gt;"
602 </li>
603 <li>again followed by a delay (pause) with arbitrary
604 duration
605 </li>
606 <li>followed by server sending the message
607 "&lt;LF&gt;"
608 </li>
609 </ul><p>
610
611 </p>
612 <p>where again &lt;CR&gt; and &lt;LF&gt; symbolize the carriage
613 return and line feed characters respectively.
614 </p>
615 <a name="LSCP versioning"></a><br /><hr />
616 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
617 <a name="rfc.section.2"></a><h3>2.&nbsp;
618 Versioning of this specification</h3>
619
620 <p>LSCP will certainly be extended and enhanced by-and-by. Each official
621 release of the LSCP specification will be tagged with a unique version
622 tuple. The version tuple consists at least of a major and minor version
623 number like:
624
625 </p>
626 <p>
627 </p>
628 <blockquote class="text">
629 <p>"1.2"
630 </p>
631 </blockquote><p>
632
633 </p>
634 <p>
635 In this example the major version number would be "1" and the minor
636 version number would be "2". Note that the version tuple might also
637 have more than two elements. The major version number defines a
638 group of backward compatible versions. That means a frontend is
639 compatible to the connected sampler if and only if the LSCP versions
640 to which each of the two parties complies to, match both of the
641 following rules:
642
643 </p>
644 <p>Compatibility:
645 </p>
646 <p>
647 </p>
648 <ol class="text">
649 <li>The frontend's LSCP major version and the sampler's LSCP
650 major version are exactly equal.
651 </li>
652 <li>The frontend's LSCP minor version is less or equal than
653 the sampler's LSCP minor version.
654 </li>
655 </ol><p>
656
657 </p>
658 <p>
659 Compatibility can only be claimed if both rules are true.
660 The frontend can use the
661 <a class='info' href='#GET SERVER INFO'>"GET SERVER INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>General sampler informations</span><span>)</span></a> command to
662 get the version of the LSCP specification the sampler complies with.
663
664 </p>
665 <a name="anchor2"></a><br /><hr />
666 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
667 <a name="rfc.section.3"></a><h3>3.&nbsp;
668 Introduction</h3>
669
670 <p>LinuxSampler is a so called software sampler application
671 capable to playback audio samples from a computer's Random
672 Access Memory (RAM) as well as directly streaming it from disk.
673 LinuxSampler is designed to be modular. It provides several so
674 called "sampler engines" where each engine is specialized for a
675 certain purpose. LinuxSampler has virtual channels which will be
676 referred in this document as "sampler channels". The channels
677 are in such way virtual as they can be connected to an
678 arbitrary MIDI input method and arbitrary MIDI channel (e.g.
679 sampler channel 17 could be connected to an ALSA sequencer
680 device 64:0 and listening to MIDI channel 1 there). Each sampler
681 channel will be associated with an instance of one of the available
682 sampler engines (e.g. GigEngine, DLSEngine). The audio output of
683 each sampler channel can be routed to an arbitrary audio output
684 method (ALSA / JACK) and an arbitrary audio output channel
685 there.
686 </p>
687 <a name="anchor3"></a><br /><hr />
688 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
689 <a name="rfc.section.4"></a><h3>4.&nbsp;
690 Focus of this protocol</h3>
691
692 <p>Main focus of this protocol is to provide a way to configure
693 a running LinuxSampler instance and to retrieve information
694 about it. The focus of this protocol is not to provide a way to
695 control synthesis parameters or even to trigger or release
696 notes. Or in other words; the focus are those functionalities
697 which are not covered by MIDI or which may at most be handled
698 via MIDI System Exclusive Messages.
699 </p>
700 <a name="anchor4"></a><br /><hr />
701 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
702 <a name="rfc.section.5"></a><h3>5.&nbsp;
703 Communication Overview</h3>
704
705 <p>There are two distinct methods of communication between a
706 running instance of LinuxSampler and one or more control
707 applications, so called "front-ends": a simple request/response
708 communication method used by the clients to give commands to the
709 server as well as to inquire about server's status and a
710 subscribe/notify communication method used by the client to
711 subscribe to and receive notifications of certain events as they
712 happen on the server. The latter needs more effort to be
713 implemented in the front-end application. The two communication
714 methods will be described next.
715 </p>
716 <a name="anchor5"></a><br /><hr />
717 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
718 <a name="rfc.section.5.1"></a><h3>5.1.&nbsp;
719 Request/response communication method</h3>
720
721 <p>This simple communication method is based on
722 <a class='info' href='#RFC793'>TCP<span> (</span><span class='info'>Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency, &ldquo;TRANSMISSION CONTROL PROTOCOL,&rdquo; 1981.</span><span>)</span></a> [RFC793]. The
723 front-end application establishes a TCP connection to the
724 LinuxSampler instance on a certain host system. Then the
725 front-end application will send certain ASCII based commands
726 as defined in this document (every command line must be CRLF
727 terminated - see "Conventions used in this document" at the
728 beginning of this document) and the LinuxSampler application
729 will response after a certain process time with an
730 appropriate ASCII based answer, also as defined in this
731 document. So this TCP communication is simply based on query
732 and answer paradigm. That way LinuxSampler is only able to
733 answer on queries from front-ends, but not able to
734 automatically send messages to the client if it's not asked
735 to. The fronted should not reconnect to LinuxSampler for
736 every single command, instead it should keep the connection
737 established and simply resend message(s) for subsequent
738 commands. To keep information in the front-end up-to-date
739 the front-end has to periodically send new requests to get
740 the current information from the LinuxSampler instance. This
741 is often referred to as "polling". While polling is simple
742 to implement and may be OK to use in some cases, there may
743 be disadvantages to polling such as network traffic overhead
744 and information being out of date.
745 It is possible for a client or several clients to open more
746 than one connection to the server at the same time. It is
747 also possible to send more than one request to the server
748 at the same time but if those requests are sent over the
749 same connection server MUST execute them sequentially. Upon
750 executing a request server will produce a result set and
751 send it to the client. Each and every request made by the
752 client MUST result in a result set being sent back to the
753 client. No other data other than a result set may be sent by
754 a server to a client. No result set may be sent to a client
755 without the client sending request to the server first. On
756 any particular connection, result sets MUST be sent in their
757 entirety without being interrupted by other result sets. If
758 several requests got queued up at the server they MUST be
759 processed in the order they were received and result sets
760 MUST be sent back in the same order.
761 </p>
762 <a name="anchor6"></a><br /><hr />
763 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
764 <a name="rfc.section.5.1.1"></a><h3>5.1.1.&nbsp;
765 Result format</h3>
766
767 <p>Result set could be one of the following types:
768 </p>
769 <p>
770 </p>
771 <ol class="text">
772 <li>Normal
773 </li>
774 <li>Warning
775 </li>
776 <li>Error
777 </li>
778 </ol><p>
779
780 </p>
781 <p>Warning and Error result sets MUST be single line and
782 have the following format:
783 </p>
784 <p>
785 </p>
786 <ul class="text">
787 <li>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;"
788 </li>
789 <li>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;"
790 </li>
791 </ul><p>
792
793 </p>
794 <p>Where &lt;warning-code&gt; and &lt;error-code&gt; are
795 numeric unique identifiers of the warning or error and
796 &lt;warning-message&gt; and &lt;error-message&gt; are
797 human readable descriptions of the warning or error
798 respectively.
799 </p>
800 <p>Examples:
801 </p>
802 <p>
803 </p>
804 <blockquote class="text">
805 <p>C: "LOAD INSTRUMENT '/home/me/Boesendorfer24bit.gig" 0 0
806 </p>
807 <p>S: "WRN:32:This is a 24 bit patch which is not supported natively yet."
808 </p>
809 </blockquote><p>
810
811 </p>
812 <p>
813 </p>
814 <blockquote class="text">
815 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO ALSA EAR"
816 </p>
817 <p>S: "ERR:3456:Audio output driver 'ALSA' does not have a parameter 'EAR'."
818 </p>
819 </blockquote><p>
820
821 </p>
822 <p>
823 </p>
824 <blockquote class="text">
825 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE INFO 123456"
826 </p>
827 <p>S: "ERR:9:There is no audio output device with index 123456."
828 </p>
829 </blockquote><p>
830
831 </p>
832 <p>Normal result sets could be:
833 </p>
834 <p>
835 </p>
836 <ol class="text">
837 <li>Empty
838 </li>
839 <li>Single line
840 </li>
841 <li>Multi-line
842 </li>
843 </ol><p>
844
845 </p>
846 <p> Empty result set is issued when the server only
847 needed to acknowledge the fact that the request was
848 received and it was processed successfully and no
849 additional information is available. This result set has
850 the following format:
851 </p>
852 <p>
853 </p>
854 <blockquote class="text">
855 <p>"OK"
856 </p>
857 </blockquote><p>
858
859 </p>
860 <p>Example:
861 </p>
862 <p>
863 </p>
864 <blockquote class="text">
865 <p>C: "SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER 0 CHANNELS=4"
866 </p>
867 <p>S: "OK"
868 </p>
869 </blockquote><p>
870
871 </p>
872 <p>Single line result sets are command specific. One
873 example of a single line result set is an empty line.
874 Multi-line result sets are command specific and may
875 include one or more lines of information. They MUST
876 always end with the following line:
877 </p>
878 <p>
879 </p>
880 <blockquote class="text">
881 <p>"."
882 </p>
883 </blockquote><p>
884
885 </p>
886 <p>Example:
887 </p>
888 <p>
889 </p>
890 <blockquote class="text">
891 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE INFO 0"
892 </p>
893 <p>S: "DRIVER: ALSA"
894 </p>
895 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"CHANNELS: 2"
896 </p>
897 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"SAMPLERATE: 44100"
898 </p>
899 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"ACTIVE: true"
900 </p>
901 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FRAGMENTS: 2"
902 </p>
903 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FRAGMENTSIZE: 128"
904 </p>
905 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"CARD: '0,0'"
906 </p>
907 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
908 </p>
909 </blockquote><p>
910
911 </p>
912 <p>In addition to above mentioned formats, warnings and
913 empty result sets MAY be indexed. In this case, they
914 have the following formats respectively:
915 </p>
916 <p>
917 </p>
918 <ul class="text">
919 <li>"WRN[&lt;index&gt;]:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;"
920 </li>
921 <li>"OK[&lt;index&gt;]"
922 </li>
923 </ul><p>
924
925 </p>
926 <p>where &lt;index&gt; is command specific and is used
927 to indicate channel number that the result set was
928 related to or other integer value.
929 </p>
930 <p>Each line of the result set MUST end with
931 &lt;CRLF&gt;.
932 </p>
933 <p>Examples:
934 </p>
935 <p>
936 </p>
937 <blockquote class="text">
938 <p>C: "ADD CHANNEL"
939 </p>
940 <p>S: "OK[12]"
941 </p>
942 </blockquote><p>
943
944 </p>
945 <p>
946 </p>
947 <blockquote class="text">
948 <p>C: "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE ALSA SAMPLERATE=96000"
949 </p>
950 <p>S: "WRN[0]:32:Sample rate not supported, using 44100 instead."
951 </p>
952 </blockquote><p>
953
954 </p>
955 <a name="anchor7"></a><br /><hr />
956 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
957 <a name="rfc.section.5.2"></a><h3>5.2.&nbsp;
958 Subscribe/notify communication method</h3>
959
960 <p>This more sophisticated communication method is actually
961 only an extension of the simple request/response
962 communication method. The front-end still uses a TCP
963 connection and sends the same commands on the TCP
964 connection. Two extra commands are SUBSCRIBE and UNSUBSCRIBE
965 commands that allow a client to tell the server that it is
966 interested in receiving notifications about certain events
967 as they happen on the server. The SUBSCRIBE command has the
968 following syntax:
969 </p>
970 <p>
971 </p>
972 <blockquote class="text">
973 <p>SUBSCRIBE &lt;event-id&gt;
974 </p>
975 </blockquote><p>
976
977 </p>
978 <p>where &lt;event-id&gt; will be replaced by the respective
979 event that client wants to subscribe to. Upon receiving such
980 request, server SHOULD respond with OK and start sending
981 EVENT notifications when a given even has occurred to the
982 front-end when an event has occurred. It MAY be possible
983 certain events may be sent before OK response during real
984 time nature of their generation. Event messages have the
985 following format:
986 </p>
987 <p>
988 </p>
989 <blockquote class="text">
990 <p>NOTIFY:&lt;event-id&gt;:&lt;custom-event-data&gt;
991 </p>
992 </blockquote><p>
993
994 </p>
995 <p>where &lt;event-id&gt; uniquely identifies the event that
996 has occurred and &lt;custom-event-data&gt; is event
997 specific.
998 </p>
999 <p>Several rules must be followed by the server when
1000 generating events:
1001 </p>
1002 <p>
1003 </p>
1004 <ol class="text">
1005 <li>Events MUST NOT be sent to any client who has not
1006 issued an appropriate SUBSCRIBE command.
1007 </li>
1008 <li>Events MUST only be sent using the same
1009 connection that was used to subscribe to them.
1010 </li>
1011 <li>When response is being sent to the client, event
1012 MUST be inserted in the stream before or after the
1013 response, but NOT in the middle. Same is true about
1014 the response. It should never be inserted in the
1015 middle of the event message as well as any other
1016 response.
1017 </li>
1018 </ol><p>
1019
1020 </p>
1021 <p>If the client is not interested in a particular event
1022 anymore it MAY issue UNSUBSCRIBE command using the following
1023 syntax:
1024 </p>
1025 <p>
1026 </p>
1027 <blockquote class="text">
1028 <p>UNSUBSCRIBE &lt;event-id&gt;
1029 </p>
1030 </blockquote><p>
1031
1032 </p>
1033 <p>where &lt;event-id&gt; will be replace by the respective
1034 event that client is no longer interested in receiving. For
1035 a list of supported events see <a class='info' href='#events'>Section&nbsp;8<span> (</span><span class='info'>Events</span><span>)</span></a>.
1036 </p>
1037 <p>Example: the fill states of disk stream buffers have
1038 changed on sampler channel 4 and the LinuxSampler instance
1039 will react by sending the following message to all clients
1040 who subscribed to this event:
1041 </p>
1042 <p>
1043 </p>
1044 <blockquote class="text">
1045 <p>NOTIFY:CHANNEL_BUFFER_FILL:4 [35]62%,[33]80%,[37]98%
1046 </p>
1047 </blockquote><p>
1048
1049 </p>
1050 <p>Which means there are currently three active streams on
1051 sampler channel 4, where the stream with ID "35" is filled
1052 by 62%, stream with ID 33 is filled by 80% and stream with
1053 ID 37 is filled by 98%.
1054 </p>
1055 <p>Clients may choose to open more than one connection to
1056 the server and use some connections to receive notifications
1057 while using other connections to issue commands to the
1058 back-end. This is entirely legal and up to the
1059 implementation. This does not change the protocol in any way
1060 and no special restrictions exist on the server to allow or
1061 disallow this or to track what connections belong to what
1062 front-ends. Server will listen on a single port, accept
1063 multiple connections and support protocol described in this
1064 specification in it's entirety on this single port on each
1065 connection that it accepted.
1066 </p>
1067 <p>Due to the fact that TCP is used for this communication,
1068 dead peers will be detected automatically by the OS TCP
1069 stack. While it may take a while to detect dead peers if no
1070 traffic is being sent from server to client (TCP keep-alive
1071 timer is set to 2 hours on many OSes) it will not be an
1072 issue here as when notifications are sent by the server,
1073 dead client will be detected quickly.
1074 </p>
1075 <p>When connection is closed for any reason server MUST
1076 forget all subscriptions that were made on this connection.
1077 If client reconnects it MUST resubscribe to all events that
1078 it wants to receive.
1079 </p>
1080 <a name="control_commands"></a><br /><hr />
1081 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1082 <a name="rfc.section.6"></a><h3>6.&nbsp;
1083 Description for control commands</h3>
1084
1085 <p>This chapter will describe the available control commands
1086 that can be sent on the TCP connection in detail. Some certain
1087 commands (e.g. <a class='info' href='#GET CHANNEL INFO'>"GET CHANNEL INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting sampler channel information</span><span>)</span></a>
1088 or <a class='info' href='#GET ENGINE INFO'>"GET ENGINE INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting information about an engine</span><span>)</span></a>) lead to
1089 multiple-line responses. In this case LinuxSampler signals the
1090 end of the response by a "." (single dot) line.
1091 </p>
1092 <a name="anchor8"></a><br /><hr />
1093 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1094 <a name="rfc.section.6.1"></a><h3>6.1.&nbsp;
1095 Ignored lines and comments</h3>
1096
1097 <p>White lines, that is lines which only contain space and
1098 tabulator characters, and lines that start with a "#"
1099 character are ignored, thus it's possible for example to
1100 group commands and to place comments in a LSCP script
1101 file.
1102 </p>
1103 <a name="anchor9"></a><br /><hr />
1104 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1105 <a name="rfc.section.6.2"></a><h3>6.2.&nbsp;
1106 Configuring audio drivers</h3>
1107
1108 <p>Instances of drivers in LinuxSampler are called devices.
1109 You can use multiple audio devices simultaneously, e.g. to
1110 output the sound of one sampler channel using the ALSA audio
1111 output driver, and on another sampler channel you might want
1112 to use the JACK audio output driver. For particular audio
1113 output systems it's also possible to create several devices
1114 of the same audio output driver, e.g. two separate ALSA
1115 audio output devices for using two different sound cards at
1116 the same time. This chapter describes all commands to
1117 configure LinuxSampler's audio output devices and their
1118 parameters.
1119 </p>
1120 <p>Instead of defining commands and parameters for each
1121 driver individually, all possible parameters, their meanings
1122 and possible values have to be obtained at runtime. This
1123 makes the protocol a bit abstract, but has the advantage,
1124 that front-ends can be written independently of what drivers
1125 are currently implemented and what parameters these drivers
1126 are actually offering. This means front-ends can even handle
1127 drivers which are implemented somewhere in future without
1128 modifying the front-end at all.
1129 </p>
1130 <p>Note: examples in this chapter showing particular
1131 parameters of drivers are not meant as specification of the
1132 drivers' parameters. Driver implementations in LinuxSampler
1133 might have complete different parameter names and meanings
1134 than shown in these examples or might change in future, so
1135 these examples are only meant for showing how to retrieve
1136 what parameters drivers are offering, how to retrieve their
1137 possible values, etc.
1138 </p>
1139 <a name="GET AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS"></a><br /><hr />
1140 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1141 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.1"></a><h3>6.2.1.&nbsp;
1142 Getting amount of available audio output drivers</h3>
1143
1144 <p>Use the following command to get the number of
1145 audio output drivers currently available for the
1146 LinuxSampler instance:
1147 </p>
1148 <p>
1149 </p>
1150 <blockquote class="text">
1151 <p>GET AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS
1152 </p>
1153 </blockquote><p>
1154
1155 </p>
1156 <p>Possible Answers:
1157 </p>
1158 <p>
1159 </p>
1160 <blockquote class="text">
1161 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending the
1162 number of audio output drivers.
1163 </p>
1164 </blockquote><p>
1165
1166 </p>
1167 <p>Example:
1168 </p>
1169 <p>
1170 </p>
1171 <blockquote class="text">
1172 <p>C: "GET AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS"
1173 </p>
1174 <p>S: "2"
1175 </p>
1176 </blockquote><p>
1177
1178 </p>
1179 <a name="LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS"></a><br /><hr />
1180 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1181 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.2"></a><h3>6.2.2.&nbsp;
1182 Getting all available audio output drivers</h3>
1183
1184 <p>Use the following command to list all audio output
1185 drivers currently available for the LinuxSampler
1186 instance:
1187 </p>
1188 <p>
1189 </p>
1190 <blockquote class="text">
1191 <p>LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS
1192 </p>
1193 </blockquote><p>
1194
1195 </p>
1196 <p>Possible Answers:
1197 </p>
1198 <p>
1199 </p>
1200 <blockquote class="text">
1201 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending comma
1202 separated character strings, each symbolizing an
1203 audio output driver.
1204 </p>
1205 </blockquote><p>
1206
1207 </p>
1208 <p>Example:
1209 </p>
1210 <p>
1211 </p>
1212 <blockquote class="text">
1213 <p>C: "LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS"
1214 </p>
1215 <p>S: "ALSA,JACK"
1216 </p>
1217 </blockquote><p>
1218
1219 </p>
1220 <a name="GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO"></a><br /><hr />
1221 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1222 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.3"></a><h3>6.2.3.&nbsp;
1223 Getting information about a specific audio
1224 output driver</h3>
1225
1226 <p>Use the following command to get detailed information
1227 about a specific audio output driver:
1228 </p>
1229 <p>
1230 </p>
1231 <blockquote class="text">
1232 <p>GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO
1233 &lt;audio-output-driver&gt;
1234 </p>
1235 </blockquote><p>
1236
1237 </p>
1238 <p>Where &lt;audio-output-driver&gt; is the name of the
1239 audio output driver, returned by the
1240 <a class='info' href='#LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS'>"LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all available audio output drivers</span><span>)</span></a> command.
1241 </p>
1242 <p>Possible Answers:
1243 </p>
1244 <p>
1245 </p>
1246 <blockquote class="text">
1247 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a
1248 &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list. Each answer line
1249 begins with the information category name
1250 followed by a colon and then a space character
1251 &lt;SP&gt; and finally the info character string
1252 to that info category. At the moment the
1253 following information categories are
1254 defined:
1255 </p>
1256 <p>
1257 </p>
1258 <blockquote class="text">
1259 <p>DESCRIPTION -
1260 </p>
1261 <blockquote class="text">
1262 <p> character string describing the
1263 audio output driver
1264 </p>
1265 </blockquote>
1266
1267
1268 <p>VERSION -
1269 </p>
1270 <blockquote class="text">
1271 <p>character string reflecting the
1272 driver's version
1273 </p>
1274 </blockquote>
1275
1276
1277 <p>PARAMETERS -
1278 </p>
1279 <blockquote class="text">
1280 <p>comma separated list of all
1281 parameters available for the given
1282 audio output driver, at least
1283 parameters 'channels', 'samplerate'
1284 and 'active' are offered by all audio
1285 output drivers
1286 </p>
1287 </blockquote>
1288
1289
1290 </blockquote>
1291
1292
1293 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be
1294 in particular order.
1295 </p>
1296 </blockquote><p>
1297
1298 </p>
1299 <p>Example:
1300 </p>
1301 <p>
1302 </p>
1303 <blockquote class="text">
1304 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO ALSA"
1305 </p>
1306 <p>S: "DESCRIPTION: Advanced Linux Sound
1307 Architecture"
1308 </p>
1309 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"VERSION: 1.0"
1310 </p>
1311 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"PARAMETERS:
1312 DRIVER,CHANNELS,SAMPLERATE,ACTIVE,FRAGMENTS,
1313 FRAGMENTSIZE,CARD"
1314 </p>
1315 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
1316 </p>
1317 </blockquote><p>
1318
1319 </p>
1320 <a name="GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO"></a><br /><hr />
1321 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1322 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.4"></a><h3>6.2.4.&nbsp;
1323 Getting information about specific audio
1324 output driver parameter</h3>
1325
1326 <p>Use the following command to get detailed information
1327 about a specific audio output driver parameter:
1328 </p>
1329 <p>
1330 </p>
1331 <blockquote class="text">
1332 <p>GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO &lt;audio&gt; &lt;prm&gt; [&lt;deplist&gt;]
1333 </p>
1334 </blockquote><p>
1335
1336 </p>
1337 <p>Where &lt;audio&gt; is the name of the audio output
1338 driver as returned by the <a class='info' href='#LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS'>"LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all available audio output drivers</span><span>)</span></a> command,
1339 &lt;prm&gt; a specific parameter name for which information should be
1340 obtained (as returned by the
1341 <a class='info' href='#GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO'>"GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting information about a specific audio output driver</span><span>)</span></a> command) and
1342 &lt;deplist&gt; is an optional list of parameters on which the sought
1343 parameter &lt;prm&gt; depends on, &lt;deplist&gt; is a list of key-value
1344 pairs in form of "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...", where character string values
1345 are encapsulated into apostrophes ('). Arguments given with &lt;deplist&gt;
1346 which are not dependency parameters of &lt;prm&gt; will be ignored, means
1347 the front-end application can simply put all parameters into &lt;deplist&gt;
1348 with the values already selected by the user.
1349 </p>
1350 <p>Possible Answers:
1351 </p>
1352 <p>
1353 </p>
1354 <blockquote class="text">
1355 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a
1356 &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
1357 Each answer line begins with the information category name
1358 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and
1359 finally
1360 the info character string to that info category. There are
1361 information which is always returned, independently of the
1362 given driver parameter and there are optional information
1363 which is only shown dependently to given driver parameter. At
1364 the moment the following information categories are defined:
1365 </p>
1366 </blockquote><p>
1367
1368 </p>
1369 <p>
1370 </p>
1371 <blockquote class="text">
1372 <p>TYPE -
1373 </p>
1374 <blockquote class="text">
1375 <p>either "BOOL" for boolean value(s) or
1376 "INT" for integer
1377 value(s) or "FLOAT" for dotted number(s) or "STRING" for
1378 character string(s)
1379 (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)
1380 </p>
1381 </blockquote>
1382
1383
1384 <p>DESCRIPTION -
1385 </p>
1386 <blockquote class="text">
1387 <p>arbitrary text describing the purpose of the parameter
1388 (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)
1389 </p>
1390 </blockquote>
1391
1392
1393 <p>MANDATORY -
1394 </p>
1395 <blockquote class="text">
1396 <p>either true or false, defines if this parameter must be
1397 given when the device is to be created with the
1398 <a class='info' href='#CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'>'CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating an audio output device</span><span>)</span></a>
1399 command (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)
1400 </p>
1401 </blockquote>
1402
1403
1404 <p>FIX -
1405 </p>
1406 <blockquote class="text">
1407 <p>either true or false, if false then this parameter can
1408 be changed at any time, once the device is created by
1409 the <a class='info' href='#CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'>'CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating an audio output device</span><span>)</span></a>
1410 command (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)
1411 </p>
1412 </blockquote>
1413
1414
1415 <p>MULTIPLICITY -
1416 </p>
1417 <blockquote class="text">
1418 <p>either true or false, defines if this parameter allows
1419 only one value or a list of values, where true means
1420 multiple values and false only a single value allowed
1421 (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)
1422 </p>
1423 </blockquote>
1424
1425
1426 <p>DEPENDS -
1427 </p>
1428 <blockquote class="text">
1429 <p>comma separated list of parameters this parameter depends
1430 on, means the values for fields 'DEFAULT', 'RANGE_MIN',
1431 'RANGE_MAX' and 'POSSIBILITIES' might depend on these
1432 listed parameters, for example assuming that an audio
1433 driver (like the ALSA driver) offers parameters 'card'
1434 and 'samplerate' then parameter 'samplerate' would
1435 depend on 'card' because the possible values for
1436 'samplerate' depends on the sound card which can be
1437 chosen by the 'card' parameter
1438 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
1439 </p>
1440 </blockquote>
1441
1442
1443 <p>DEFAULT -
1444 </p>
1445 <blockquote class="text">
1446 <p>reflects the default value for this parameter which is
1447 used when the device is created and not explicitly
1448 given with the <a class='info' href='#CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'>'CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating an audio output device</span><span>)</span></a> command,
1449 in case of MULTIPLCITY=true, this is a comma separated
1450 list, that's why character strings are encapsulated into
1451 apostrophes (')
1452 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
1453 </p>
1454 </blockquote>
1455
1456
1457 <p>RANGE_MIN -
1458 </p>
1459 <blockquote class="text">
1460 <p>defines lower limit of the allowed value range for this
1461 parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
1462 number, this parameter is often used in conjunction
1463 with RANGE_MAX, but may also appear without
1464 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
1465 </p>
1466 </blockquote>
1467
1468
1469 <p>RANGE_MAX -
1470 </p>
1471 <blockquote class="text">
1472 <p>defines upper limit of the allowed value range for this
1473 parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
1474 number, this parameter is often used in conjunction with
1475 RANGE_MIN, but may also appear without
1476 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
1477 </p>
1478 </blockquote>
1479
1480
1481 <p>POSSIBILITIES -
1482 </p>
1483 <blockquote class="text">
1484 <p>comma separated list of possible values for this
1485 parameter, character strings are encapsulated into
1486 apostrophes
1487 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
1488 </p>
1489 </blockquote>
1490
1491
1492 </blockquote><p>
1493
1494 </p>
1495 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
1496 </p>
1497 <p>Examples:
1498 </p>
1499 <p>
1500 </p>
1501 <blockquote class="text">
1502 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO ALSA CARD"
1503 </p>
1504 <p>S: "DESCRIPTION: sound card to be used"
1505 </p>
1506 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"TYPE: STRING"
1507 </p>
1508 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MANDATORY: false"
1509 </p>
1510 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FIX: true"
1511 </p>
1512 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MULTIPLICITY: false"
1513 </p>
1514 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"DEFAULT: '0,0'"
1515 </p>
1516 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"POSSIBILITIES: '0,0','1,0','2,0'"
1517 </p>
1518 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
1519 </p>
1520 </blockquote><p>
1521
1522 </p>
1523 <p>
1524 </p>
1525 <blockquote class="text">
1526 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO ALSA SAMPLERATE"
1527 </p>
1528 <p>S: "DESCRIPTION: output sample rate in Hz"
1529 </p>
1530 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"TYPE: INT"
1531 </p>
1532 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MANDATORY: false"
1533 </p>
1534 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FIX: false"
1535 </p>
1536 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MULTIPLICITY: false"
1537 </p>
1538 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"DEPENDS: card"
1539 </p>
1540 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"DEFAULT: 44100"
1541 </p>
1542 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
1543 </p>
1544 </blockquote><p>
1545
1546 </p>
1547 <p>
1548 </p>
1549 <blockquote class="text">
1550 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO ALSA SAMPLERATE CARD='0,0'"
1551 </p>
1552 <p>S: "DESCRIPTION: output sample rate in Hz"
1553 </p>
1554 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"TYPE: INT"
1555 </p>
1556 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MANDATORY: false"
1557 </p>
1558 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FIX: false"
1559 </p>
1560 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MULTIPLICITY: false"
1561 </p>
1562 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"DEPENDS: card"
1563 </p>
1564 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"DEFAULT: 44100"
1565 </p>
1566 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"RANGE_MIN: 22050"
1567 </p>
1568 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"RANGE_MAX: 96000"
1569 </p>
1570 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
1571 </p>
1572 </blockquote><p>
1573
1574 </p>
1575 <a name="CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"></a><br /><hr />
1576 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1577 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.5"></a><h3>6.2.5.&nbsp;
1578 Creating an audio output device</h3>
1579
1580 <p>Use the following command to create a new audio output device for the desired audio output system:
1581 </p>
1582 <p>
1583 </p>
1584 <blockquote class="text">
1585 <p>CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE &lt;audio-output-driver&gt; [&lt;param-list&gt;]
1586 </p>
1587 </blockquote><p>
1588
1589 </p>
1590 <p>Where &lt;audio-output-driver&gt; should be replaced by the desired audio
1591 output system as returned by the
1592 <a class='info' href='#LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS'>"LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all available audio output drivers</span><span>)</span></a>
1593 command and &lt;param-list&gt; by an optional list of driver
1594 specific parameters in form of "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...", where
1595 character string values should be encapsulated into apostrophes (').
1596 Note that there might be drivers which require parameter(s) to be
1597 given with this command. Use the previously described commands in
1598 this chapter to get this information.
1599 </p>
1600 <p>Possible Answers:
1601 </p>
1602 <p>
1603 </p>
1604 <blockquote class="text">
1605 <p>"OK[&lt;device-id&gt;]" -
1606 </p>
1607 <blockquote class="text">
1608 <p>in case the device was successfully created, where
1609 &lt;device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the new device
1610 </p>
1611 </blockquote>
1612
1613
1614 <p>"WRN[&lt;device-id&gt;]:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
1615 </p>
1616 <blockquote class="text">
1617 <p>in case the device was created successfully, where
1618 &lt;device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the new device, but there
1619 are noteworthy issue(s) related (e.g. sound card doesn't
1620 support given hardware parameters and the driver is using
1621 fall-back values), providing an appropriate warning code and
1622 warning message
1623 </p>
1624 </blockquote>
1625
1626
1627 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
1628 </p>
1629 <blockquote class="text">
1630 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
1631 </p>
1632 </blockquote>
1633
1634
1635 </blockquote><p>
1636
1637 </p>
1638 <p>Examples:
1639 </p>
1640 <p>
1641 </p>
1642 <blockquote class="text">
1643 <p>C: "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE ALSA"
1644 </p>
1645 <p>S: "OK[0]"
1646 </p>
1647 </blockquote><p>
1648
1649 </p>
1650 <p>
1651 </p>
1652 <blockquote class="text">
1653 <p>C: "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE ALSA CARD='2,0' SAMPLERATE=96000"
1654 </p>
1655 <p>S: "OK[1]"
1656 </p>
1657 </blockquote><p>
1658
1659 </p>
1660 <a name="DESTROY AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"></a><br /><hr />
1661 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1662 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.6"></a><h3>6.2.6.&nbsp;
1663 Destroying an audio output device</h3>
1664
1665 <p>Use the following command to destroy a created output device:
1666 </p>
1667 <p>
1668 </p>
1669 <blockquote class="text">
1670 <p>DESTROY AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE &lt;device-id&gt;
1671 </p>
1672 </blockquote><p>
1673
1674 </p>
1675 <p>Where &lt;device-id&gt; should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
1676 audio output device as given by the
1677 <a class='info' href='#CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating an audio output device</span><span>)</span></a>
1678 or <a class='info' href='#LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created audio output device list</span><span>)</span></a>
1679 command.
1680 </p>
1681 <p>Possible Answers:
1682 </p>
1683 <p>
1684 </p>
1685 <blockquote class="text">
1686 <p>"OK" -
1687 </p>
1688 <blockquote class="text">
1689 <p>in case the device was successfully destroyed
1690 </p>
1691 </blockquote>
1692
1693
1694 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
1695 </p>
1696 <blockquote class="text">
1697 <p>in case the device was destroyed successfully, but there are
1698 noteworthy issue(s) related (e.g. an audio over ethernet
1699 driver was unloaded but the other host might not be
1700 informed about this situation), providing an appropriate
1701 warning code and warning message
1702 </p>
1703 </blockquote>
1704
1705
1706 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
1707 </p>
1708 <blockquote class="text">
1709 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
1710 error message
1711 </p>
1712 </blockquote>
1713
1714
1715 </blockquote><p>
1716
1717 </p>
1718 <p>Example:
1719 </p>
1720 <p>
1721 </p>
1722 <blockquote class="text">
1723 <p>C: "DESTROY AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE 0"
1724 </p>
1725 <p>S: "OK"
1726 </p>
1727 </blockquote><p>
1728
1729 </p>
1730 <a name="GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"></a><br /><hr />
1731 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1732 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.7"></a><h3>6.2.7.&nbsp;
1733 Getting all created audio output device count</h3>
1734
1735 <p>Use the following command to count all created audio output devices:
1736 </p>
1737 <p>
1738 </p>
1739 <blockquote class="text">
1740 <p>GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES
1741 </p>
1742 </blockquote><p>
1743
1744 </p>
1745 <p>Possible Answers:
1746 </p>
1747 <p>
1748 </p>
1749 <blockquote class="text">
1750 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending the current number of all
1751 audio output devices.
1752 </p>
1753 </blockquote><p>
1754
1755 </p>
1756 <p>Example:
1757 </p>
1758 <p>
1759 </p>
1760 <blockquote class="text">
1761 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"
1762 </p>
1763 <p>S: "4"
1764 </p>
1765 </blockquote><p>
1766
1767 </p>
1768 <a name="LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"></a><br /><hr />
1769 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1770 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.8"></a><h3>6.2.8.&nbsp;
1771 Getting all created audio output device list</h3>
1772
1773 <p>Use the following command to list all created audio output devices:
1774 </p>
1775 <p>
1776 </p>
1777 <blockquote class="text">
1778 <p>LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES
1779 </p>
1780 </blockquote><p>
1781
1782 </p>
1783 <p>Possible Answers:
1784 </p>
1785 <p>
1786 </p>
1787 <blockquote class="text">
1788 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a comma separated list with
1789 the numerical IDs of all audio output devices.
1790 </p>
1791 </blockquote><p>
1792
1793 </p>
1794 <p>Example:
1795 </p>
1796 <p>
1797 </p>
1798 <blockquote class="text">
1799 <p>C: "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"
1800 </p>
1801 <p>S: "0,1,4,5"
1802 </p>
1803 </blockquote><p>
1804
1805 </p>
1806 <a name="GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE INFO"></a><br /><hr />
1807 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1808 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.9"></a><h3>6.2.9.&nbsp;
1809 Getting current settings of an audio output device</h3>
1810
1811 <p>Use the following command to get current settings of a specific, created audio output device:
1812 </p>
1813 <p>
1814 </p>
1815 <blockquote class="text">
1816 <p>GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE INFO &lt;device-id&gt;
1817 </p>
1818 </blockquote><p>
1819
1820 </p>
1821 <p>Where &lt;device-id&gt; should be replaced by numerical ID
1822 of the audio output device as e.g. returned by the
1823 <a class='info' href='#LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created audio output device list</span><span>)</span></a> command.
1824 </p>
1825 <p>Possible Answers:
1826 </p>
1827 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
1828 Each answer line begins with the information category name
1829 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
1830 the info character string to that info category. As some
1831 parameters might allow multiple values, character strings are
1832 encapsulated into apostrophes ('). At the moment the following
1833 information categories are defined (independently of device):
1834 </p>
1835 <p>
1836 </p>
1837 <blockquote class="text">
1838 <p>DRIVER -
1839 </p>
1840 <blockquote class="text">
1841 <p>identifier of the used audio output driver, as also
1842 returned by the
1843 <a class='info' href='#LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS'>"LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all available audio output drivers</span><span>)</span></a>
1844 command
1845 </p>
1846 </blockquote>
1847
1848
1849 <p>CHANNELS -
1850 </p>
1851 <blockquote class="text">
1852 <p>amount of audio output channels this device currently
1853 offers
1854 </p>
1855 </blockquote>
1856
1857
1858 <p>SAMPLERATE -
1859 </p>
1860 <blockquote class="text">
1861 <p>playback sample rate the device uses
1862 </p>
1863 </blockquote>
1864
1865
1866 <p>ACTIVE -
1867 </p>
1868 <blockquote class="text">
1869 <p>either true or false, if false then the audio device is
1870 inactive and doesn't output any sound, nor do the
1871 sampler channels connected to this audio device render
1872 any audio
1873 </p>
1874 </blockquote>
1875
1876
1877 </blockquote><p>
1878
1879 </p>
1880 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular
1881 order. The fields above are only those fields which are
1882 returned by all audio output devices. Every audio output driver
1883 might have its own, additional driver specific parameters (see
1884 <a class='info' href='#GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO'>Section&nbsp;6.2.3<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting information about a specific audio output driver</span><span>)</span></a>)
1885 which are also returned by this command.
1886 </p>
1887 <p>Example:
1888 </p>
1889 <p>
1890 </p>
1891 <blockquote class="text">
1892 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE INFO 0"
1893 </p>
1894 <p>S: "DRIVER: ALSA"
1895 </p>
1896 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"CHANNELS: 2"
1897 </p>
1898 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"SAMPLERATE: 44100"
1899 </p>
1900 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"ACTIVE: true"
1901 </p>
1902 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FRAGMENTS: 2"
1903 </p>
1904 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FRAGMENTSIZE: 128"
1905 </p>
1906 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"CARD: '0,0'"
1907 </p>
1908 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
1909 </p>
1910 </blockquote><p>
1911
1912 </p>
1913 <a name="SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER"></a><br /><hr />
1914 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1915 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.10"></a><h3>6.2.10.&nbsp;
1916 Changing settings of audio output devices</h3>
1917
1918 <p>Use the following command to alter a specific setting of a created audio output device:
1919 </p>
1920 <p>
1921 </p>
1922 <blockquote class="text">
1923 <p>SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER &lt;device-id&gt; &lt;key&gt;=&lt;value&gt;
1924 </p>
1925 </blockquote><p>
1926
1927 </p>
1928 <p>Where &lt;device-id&gt; should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
1929 audio output device as given by the
1930 <a class='info' href='#CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating an audio output device</span><span>)</span></a>
1931 or <a class='info' href='#LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created audio output device list</span><span>)</span></a>
1932 command, &lt;key&gt; by the name of the parameter to change
1933 and &lt;value&gt; by the new value for this parameter.
1934 </p>
1935 <p>Possible Answers:
1936 </p>
1937 <p>
1938 </p>
1939 <blockquote class="text">
1940 <p>"OK" -
1941 </p>
1942 <blockquote class="text">
1943 <p>in case setting was successfully changed
1944 </p>
1945 </blockquote>
1946
1947
1948 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
1949 </p>
1950 <blockquote class="text">
1951 <p>in case setting was changed successfully, but there are
1952 noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate
1953 warning code and warning message
1954 </p>
1955 </blockquote>
1956
1957
1958 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
1959 </p>
1960 <blockquote class="text">
1961 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
1962 error message
1963 </p>
1964 </blockquote>
1965
1966
1967 </blockquote><p>
1968
1969 </p>
1970 <p>Example:
1971 </p>
1972 <p>
1973 </p>
1974 <blockquote class="text">
1975 <p>C: "SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER 0 FRAGMENTSIZE=128"
1976 </p>
1977 <p>S: "OK"
1978 </p>
1979 </blockquote><p>
1980
1981 </p>
1982 <a name="GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO"></a><br /><hr />
1983 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1984 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.11"></a><h3>6.2.11.&nbsp;
1985 Getting information about an audio channel</h3>
1986
1987 <p>Use the following command to get information about an audio channel:
1988 </p>
1989 <p>
1990 </p>
1991 <blockquote class="text">
1992 <p>GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO &lt;device-id&gt; &lt;audio-chan&gt;
1993 </p>
1994 </blockquote><p>
1995
1996 </p>
1997 <p>Where &lt;device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the audio output device as given by the
1998 <a class='info' href='#CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating an audio output device</span><span>)</span></a>
1999 or <a class='info' href='#LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created audio output device list</span><span>)</span></a>
2000 command and &lt;audio-chan&gt; the audio channel number.
2001 </p>
2002 <p>Possible Answers:
2003 </p>
2004 <p>
2005 </p>
2006 <blockquote class="text">
2007 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
2008 Each answer line begins with the information category name
2009 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
2010 the info character string to that info category. At the moment
2011 the following information categories are defined:
2012 </p>
2013 <p>
2014 </p>
2015 <blockquote class="text">
2016 <p>NAME -
2017 </p>
2018 <blockquote class="text">
2019 <p>arbitrary character string naming the channel, which
2020 doesn't have to be unique (always returned by all audio channels)
2021 </p>
2022 </blockquote>
2023
2024
2025 <p>IS_MIX_CHANNEL -
2026 </p>
2027 <blockquote class="text">
2028 <p>either true or false, a mix-channel is not a real,
2029 independent audio channel, but a virtual channel which
2030 is mixed to another real channel, this mechanism is
2031 needed for sampler engines which need more audio
2032 channels than the used audio system might be able to offer
2033 (always returned by all audio channels)
2034 </p>
2035 </blockquote>
2036
2037
2038 <p>MIX_CHANNEL_DESTINATION -
2039 </p>
2040 <blockquote class="text">
2041 <p>numerical ID (positive integer including 0)
2042 which reflects the real audio channel (of the same audio
2043 output device) this mix channel refers to, means where
2044 the audio signal actually will be routed / added to
2045 (only returned in case the audio channel is mix channel)
2046 </p>
2047 </blockquote>
2048
2049
2050 </blockquote>
2051
2052
2053 </blockquote><p>
2054
2055 </p>
2056 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular
2057 order. The fields above are only those fields which are
2058 generally returned for the described cases by all audio
2059 channels regardless of the audio driver. Every audio channel
2060 might have its own, additional driver and channel specific
2061 parameters.
2062 </p>
2063 <p>Examples:
2064 </p>
2065 <p>
2066 </p>
2067 <blockquote class="text">
2068 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO 0 0"
2069 </p>
2070 <p>S: "NAME: studio monitor left"
2071 </p>
2072 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"IS_MIX_CHANNEL: false"
2073 </p>
2074 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
2075 </p>
2076 </blockquote><p>
2077
2078 </p>
2079 <p>
2080 </p>
2081 <blockquote class="text">
2082 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO 0 1"
2083 </p>
2084 <p>S: "NAME: studio monitor right"
2085 </p>
2086 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"IS_MIX_CHANNEL: false"
2087 </p>
2088 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
2089 </p>
2090 </blockquote><p>
2091
2092 </p>
2093 <p>
2094 </p>
2095 <blockquote class="text">
2096 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO 0 2"
2097 </p>
2098 <p>S: "NAME: studio monitor left"
2099 </p>
2100 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"IS_MIX_CHANNEL: true"
2101 </p>
2102 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MIX_CHANNEL_DESTINATION: 1"
2103 </p>
2104 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
2105 </p>
2106 </blockquote><p>
2107
2108 </p>
2109 <p>
2110 </p>
2111 <blockquote class="text">
2112 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO 1 0"
2113 </p>
2114 <p>S: "NAME: 'ardour (left)'"
2115 </p>
2116 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"IS_MIX_CHANNEL: false"
2117 </p>
2118 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"JACK_BINDINGS: 'ardour:0'"
2119 </p>
2120 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
2121 </p>
2122 </blockquote><p>
2123
2124 </p>
2125 <a name="GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER INFO"></a><br /><hr />
2126 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2127 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.12"></a><h3>6.2.12.&nbsp;
2128 Getting information about specific audio channel parameter</h3>
2129
2130 <p>Use the following command to get detailed information about specific audio channel parameter:
2131 </p>
2132 <p>
2133 </p>
2134 <blockquote class="text">
2135 <p>GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER INFO &lt;dev-id&gt; &lt;chan&gt; &lt;param&gt;
2136 </p>
2137 </blockquote><p>
2138
2139 </p>
2140 <p>Where &lt;dev-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the audio output device as returned by the
2141 <a class='info' href='#CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating an audio output device</span><span>)</span></a>
2142 or <a class='info' href='#LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created audio output device list</span><span>)</span></a>
2143 command, &lt;chan&gt; the audio channel number
2144 and &lt;param&gt; a specific channel parameter name for which information should
2145 be obtained (as returned by the <a class='info' href='#GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO'>"GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting information about an audio channel</span><span>)</span></a> command).
2146 </p>
2147 <p>Possible Answers:
2148 </p>
2149 <p>
2150 </p>
2151 <blockquote class="text">
2152 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
2153 Each answer line begins with the information category name
2154 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
2155 the info character string to that info category. There are
2156 information which is always returned, independently of the
2157 given channel parameter and there is optional information
2158 which is only shown dependently to the given audio channel. At
2159 the moment the following information categories are defined:
2160 </p>
2161 <p>
2162 </p>
2163 <blockquote class="text">
2164 <p>TYPE -
2165 </p>
2166 <blockquote class="text">
2167 <p>either "BOOL" for boolean value(s) or "INT" for integer
2168 value(s) or "FLOAT" for dotted number(s) or "STRING" for
2169 character string(s)
2170 (always returned)
2171 </p>
2172 </blockquote>
2173
2174
2175 <p>DESCRIPTION -
2176 </p>
2177 <blockquote class="text">
2178 <p>arbitrary text describing the purpose of the parameter (always returned)
2179 </p>
2180 </blockquote>
2181
2182
2183 <p>FIX -
2184 </p>
2185 <blockquote class="text">
2186 <p>either true or false, if true then this parameter is
2187 read only, thus cannot be altered
2188 (always returned)
2189 </p>
2190 </blockquote>
2191
2192
2193 <p>MULTIPLICITY -
2194 </p>
2195 <blockquote class="text">
2196 <p>either true or false, defines if this parameter allows
2197 only one value or a list of values, where true means
2198 multiple values and false only a single value allowed
2199 (always returned)
2200 </p>
2201 </blockquote>
2202
2203
2204 <p>RANGE_MIN -
2205 </p>
2206 <blockquote class="text">
2207 <p>defines lower limit of the allowed value range for this
2208 parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
2209 number, usually used in conjunction with 'RANGE_MAX',
2210 but may also appear without
2211 (optionally returned, dependent to driver and channel
2212 parameter)
2213 </p>
2214 </blockquote>
2215
2216
2217 <p>RANGE_MAX -
2218 </p>
2219 <blockquote class="text">
2220 <p>defines upper limit of the allowed value range for this
2221 parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
2222 number, usually used in conjunction with 'RANGE_MIN',
2223 but may also appear without
2224 (optionally returned, dependent to driver and channel
2225 parameter)
2226 </p>
2227 </blockquote>
2228
2229
2230 <p>POSSIBILITIES -
2231 </p>
2232 <blockquote class="text">
2233 <p>comma separated list of possible values for this
2234 parameter, character strings are encapsulated into
2235 apostrophes
2236 (optionally returned, dependent to driver and channel
2237 parameter)
2238 </p>
2239 </blockquote>
2240
2241
2242 </blockquote>
2243
2244
2245 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
2246 </p>
2247 </blockquote><p>
2248
2249 </p>
2250 <p>Example:
2251 </p>
2252 <p>
2253 </p>
2254 <blockquote class="text">
2255 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER INFO 1 0 JACK_BINDINGS"
2256 </p>
2257 <p>S: "DESCRIPTION: bindings to other JACK clients"
2258 </p>
2259 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"TYPE: STRING"
2260 </p>
2261 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FIX: false"
2262 </p>
2263 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MULTIPLICITY: true"
2264 </p>
2265 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"POSSIBILITIES: 'PCM:0','PCM:1','ardour:0','ardour:1'"
2266 </p>
2267 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
2268 </p>
2269 </blockquote><p>
2270
2271 </p>
2272 <a name="SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER"></a><br /><hr />
2273 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2274 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.13"></a><h3>6.2.13.&nbsp;
2275 Changing settings of audio output channels</h3>
2276
2277 <p>Use the following command to alter a specific setting of an audio output channel:
2278 </p>
2279 <p>
2280 </p>
2281 <blockquote class="text">
2282 <p>SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER &lt;dev-id&gt; &lt;chn&gt; &lt;key&gt;=&lt;value&gt;
2283 </p>
2284 </blockquote><p>
2285
2286 </p>
2287 <p>Where &lt;dev-id&gt; should be replaced by the numerical ID of the audio output device as returned by the
2288 <a class='info' href='#CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating an audio output device</span><span>)</span></a>
2289 or <a class='info' href='#LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created audio output device list</span><span>)</span></a>
2290 command, &lt;chn&gt; by the audio channel number, &lt;key&gt; by the name of the
2291 parameter to change and &lt;value&gt; by the new value for this parameter.
2292 </p>
2293 <p>Possible Answers:
2294 </p>
2295 <p>
2296 </p>
2297 <blockquote class="text">
2298 <p>"OK" -
2299 </p>
2300 <blockquote class="text">
2301 <p>in case setting was successfully changed
2302 </p>
2303 </blockquote>
2304
2305
2306 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
2307 </p>
2308 <blockquote class="text">
2309 <p>in case setting was changed successfully, but there are
2310 noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate
2311 warning code and warning message
2312 </p>
2313 </blockquote>
2314
2315
2316 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
2317 </p>
2318 <blockquote class="text">
2319 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
2320 error message
2321 </p>
2322 </blockquote>
2323
2324
2325 </blockquote><p>
2326
2327 </p>
2328 <p>Example:
2329 </p>
2330 <p>
2331 </p>
2332 <blockquote class="text">
2333 <p>C: "SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL PARAMETER 0 0 JACK_BINDINGS='PCM:0'"
2334 </p>
2335 <p>S: "OK"
2336 </p>
2337 </blockquote><p>
2338
2339 </p>
2340 <p>
2341 </p>
2342 <blockquote class="text">
2343 <p>C: "SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL PARAMETER 0 0 NAME='monitor left'"
2344 </p>
2345 <p>S: "OK"
2346 </p>
2347 </blockquote><p>
2348
2349 </p>
2350 <a name="anchor10"></a><br /><hr />
2351 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2352 <a name="rfc.section.6.3"></a><h3>6.3.&nbsp;
2353 Configuring MIDI input drivers</h3>
2354
2355 <p>Instances of drivers in LinuxSampler are called devices. You can use
2356 multiple MIDI devices simultaneously, e.g. to use MIDI over ethernet as
2357 MIDI input on one sampler channel and ALSA as MIDI input on another sampler
2358 channel. For particular MIDI input systems it's also possible to create
2359 several devices of the same MIDI input type. This chapter describes all
2360 commands to configure LinuxSampler's MIDI input devices and their parameters.
2361 </p>
2362 <p>Instead of defining commands and parameters for each driver individually,
2363 all possible parameters, their meanings and possible values have to be obtained
2364 at runtime. This makes the protocol a bit abstract, but has the advantage, that
2365 front-ends can be written independently of what drivers are currently implemented
2366 and what parameters these drivers are actually offering. This means front-ends can
2367 even handle drivers which are implemented somewhere in future without modifying
2368 the front-end at all.
2369 </p>
2370 <p>Commands for configuring MIDI input devices are pretty much the same as the
2371 commands for configuring audio output drivers, already described in the last
2372 chapter.
2373 </p>
2374 <p>Note: examples in this chapter showing particular parameters of drivers are
2375 not meant as specification of the drivers' parameters. Driver implementations in
2376 LinuxSampler might have complete different parameter names and meanings than shown
2377 in these examples or might change in future, so these examples are only meant for
2378 showing how to retrieve what parameters drivers are offering, how to retrieve their
2379 possible values, etc.
2380 </p>
2381 <a name="GET AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"></a><br /><hr />
2382 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2383 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.1"></a><h3>6.3.1.&nbsp;
2384 Getting amount of available MIDI input drivers</h3>
2385
2386 <p>Use the following command to get the number of
2387 MIDI input drivers currently available for the
2388 LinuxSampler instance:
2389 </p>
2390 <p>
2391 </p>
2392 <blockquote class="text">
2393 <p>GET AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS
2394 </p>
2395 </blockquote><p>
2396
2397 </p>
2398 <p>Possible Answers:
2399 </p>
2400 <p>
2401 </p>
2402 <blockquote class="text">
2403 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending the
2404 number of available MIDI input drivers.
2405 </p>
2406 </blockquote><p>
2407
2408 </p>
2409 <p>Example:
2410 </p>
2411 <p>
2412 </p>
2413 <blockquote class="text">
2414 <p>C: "GET AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"
2415 </p>
2416 <p>S: "2"
2417 </p>
2418 </blockquote><p>
2419
2420 </p>
2421 <a name="LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"></a><br /><hr />
2422 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2423 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.2"></a><h3>6.3.2.&nbsp;
2424 Getting all available MIDI input drivers</h3>
2425
2426 <p>Use the following command to list all MIDI input drivers currently available
2427 for the LinuxSampler instance:
2428 </p>
2429 <p>
2430 </p>
2431 <blockquote class="text">
2432 <p>LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS
2433 </p>
2434 </blockquote><p>
2435
2436 </p>
2437 <p>Possible Answers:
2438 </p>
2439 <p>
2440 </p>
2441 <blockquote class="text">
2442 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending comma separated character
2443 strings, each symbolizing a MIDI input driver.
2444 </p>
2445 </blockquote><p>
2446
2447 </p>
2448 <p>Example:
2449 </p>
2450 <p>
2451 </p>
2452 <blockquote class="text">
2453 <p>C: "LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"
2454 </p>
2455 <p>S: "ALSA,JACK"
2456 </p>
2457 </blockquote><p>
2458
2459 </p>
2460 <a name="GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO"></a><br /><hr />
2461 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2462 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.3"></a><h3>6.3.3.&nbsp;
2463 Getting information about a specific MIDI input driver</h3>
2464
2465 <p>Use the following command to get detailed information about a specific MIDI input driver:
2466 </p>
2467 <p>
2468 </p>
2469 <blockquote class="text">
2470 <p>GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO &lt;midi-input-driver&gt;
2471 </p>
2472 </blockquote><p>
2473
2474 </p>
2475 <p>Where &lt;midi-input-driver&gt; is the name of the MIDI input driver as returned
2476 by the <a class='info' href='#LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS'>"LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all available MIDI input drivers</span><span>)</span></a> command.
2477 </p>
2478 <p>Possible Answers:
2479 </p>
2480 <p>
2481 </p>
2482 <blockquote class="text">
2483 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
2484 Each answer line begins with the information category name
2485 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
2486 the info character string to that info category. At the moment
2487 the following information categories are defined:
2488 </p>
2489 <p>
2490 </p>
2491 <blockquote class="text">
2492 <p>DESCRIPTION -
2493 </p>
2494 <blockquote class="text">
2495 <p>arbitrary description text about the MIDI input driver
2496 </p>
2497 </blockquote>
2498
2499
2500 <p>VERSION -
2501 </p>
2502 <blockquote class="text">
2503 <p>arbitrary character string regarding the driver's version
2504 </p>
2505 </blockquote>
2506
2507
2508 <p>PARAMETERS -
2509 </p>
2510 <blockquote class="text">
2511 <p>comma separated list of all parameters available for the given MIDI input driver
2512 </p>
2513 </blockquote>
2514
2515
2516 </blockquote>
2517
2518
2519 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
2520 </p>
2521 </blockquote><p>
2522
2523 </p>
2524 <p>Example:
2525 </p>
2526 <p>
2527 </p>
2528 <blockquote class="text">
2529 <p>C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO ALSA"
2530 </p>
2531 <p>S: "DESCRIPTION: Advanced Linux Sound Architecture"
2532 </p>
2533 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"VERSION: 1.0"
2534 </p>
2535 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"PARAMETERS: DRIVER,ACTIVE"
2536 </p>
2537 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
2538 </p>
2539 </blockquote><p>
2540
2541 </p>
2542 <a name="GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO"></a><br /><hr />
2543 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2544 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.4"></a><h3>6.3.4.&nbsp;
2545 Getting information about specific MIDI input driver parameter</h3>
2546
2547 <p>Use the following command to get detailed information about a specific parameter of a specific MIDI input driver:
2548 </p>
2549 <p>
2550 </p>
2551 <blockquote class="text">
2552 <p>GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO &lt;midit&gt; &lt;param&gt; [&lt;deplist&gt;]
2553 </p>
2554 </blockquote><p>
2555
2556 </p>
2557 <p>Where &lt;midit&gt; is the name of the MIDI input driver as returned
2558 by the <a class='info' href='#LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS'>"LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all available MIDI input drivers</span><span>)</span></a> command, &lt;param&gt; a specific
2559 parameter name for which information should be obtained (as returned by the
2560 <a class='info' href='#GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO'>"GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting information about a specific MIDI input driver</span><span>)</span></a> command) and &lt;deplist&gt; is an optional list
2561 of parameters on which the sought parameter &lt;param&gt; depends on,
2562 &lt;deplist&gt; is a key-value pair list in form of "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...",
2563 where character string values are encapsulated into apostrophes ('). Arguments
2564 given with &lt;deplist&gt; which are not dependency parameters of &lt;param&gt;
2565 will be ignored, means the front-end application can simply put all parameters
2566 in &lt;deplist&gt; with the values selected by the user.
2567 </p>
2568 <p>Possible Answers:
2569 </p>
2570 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF> separated list.
2571 Each answer line begins with the information category name
2572 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP> and finally
2573 the info character string to that info category. There is
2574 information which is always returned, independent of the
2575 given driver parameter and there is optional information
2576 which is only shown dependent to given driver parameter. At
2577 the moment the following information categories are defined:
2578 </p>
2579 <p>
2580 </p>
2581 <blockquote class="text">
2582 <p>TYPE -
2583 </p>
2584 <blockquote class="text">
2585 <p>either "BOOL" for boolean value(s) or "INT" for integer
2586 value(s) or "FLOAT" for dotted number(s) or "STRING" for
2587 character string(s)
2588 (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)
2589 </p>
2590 </blockquote>
2591
2592
2593 <p>DESCRIPTION -
2594 </p>
2595 <blockquote class="text">
2596 <p>arbitrary text describing the purpose of the parameter
2597 (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)
2598 </p>
2599 </blockquote>
2600
2601
2602 <p>MANDATORY -
2603 </p>
2604 <blockquote class="text">
2605 <p>either true or false, defines if this parameter must be
2606 given when the device is to be created with the
2607 <a class='info' href='#CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'>'CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating a MIDI input device</span><span>)</span></a> command
2608 (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)
2609 </p>
2610 </blockquote>
2611
2612
2613 <p>FIX -
2614 </p>
2615 <blockquote class="text">
2616 <p>either true or false, if false then this parameter can
2617 be changed at any time, once the device is created by
2618 the <a class='info' href='#CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'>'CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating a MIDI input device</span><span>)</span></a> command
2619 (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)
2620 </p>
2621 </blockquote>
2622
2623
2624 <p>MULTIPLICITY -
2625 </p>
2626 <blockquote class="text">
2627 <p>either true or false, defines if this parameter allows
2628 only one value or a list of values, where true means
2629 multiple values and false only a single value allowed
2630 (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)
2631 </p>
2632 </blockquote>
2633
2634
2635 <p>DEPENDS -
2636 </p>
2637 <blockquote class="text">
2638 <p>comma separated list of parameters this parameter depends
2639 on, means the values for fields 'DEFAULT', 'RANGE_MIN',
2640 'RANGE_MAX' and 'POSSIBILITIES' might depend on these
2641 listed parameters, for example assuming that an audio
2642 driver (like the ALSA driver) offers parameters 'card'
2643 and 'samplerate' then parameter 'samplerate' would
2644 depend on 'card' because the possible values for
2645 'samplerate' depends on the sound card which can be
2646 chosen by the 'card' parameter
2647 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
2648 </p>
2649 </blockquote>
2650
2651
2652 <p>DEFAULT -
2653 </p>
2654 <blockquote class="text">
2655 <p>reflects the default value for this parameter which is
2656 used when the device is created and not explicitly
2657 given with the <a class='info' href='#CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'>'CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating a MIDI input device</span><span>)</span></a> command,
2658 in case of MULTIPLCITY=true, this is a comma separated
2659 list, that's why character strings are encapsulated into
2660 apostrophes (')
2661 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
2662 </p>
2663 </blockquote>
2664
2665
2666 <p>RANGE_MIN -
2667 </p>
2668 <blockquote class="text">
2669 <p>defines lower limit of the allowed value range for this
2670 parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
2671 number, this parameter is often used in conjunction
2672 with RANGE_MAX, but may also appear without
2673 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
2674 </p>
2675 </blockquote>
2676
2677
2678 <p>RANGE_MAX -
2679 </p>
2680 <blockquote class="text">
2681 <p>defines upper limit of the allowed value range for this
2682 parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
2683 number, this parameter is often used in conjunction with
2684 RANGE_MIN, but may also appear without
2685 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
2686 </p>
2687 </blockquote>
2688
2689
2690 <p>POSSIBILITIES -
2691 </p>
2692 <blockquote class="text">
2693 <p>comma separated list of possible values for this
2694 parameter, character strings are encapsulated into
2695 apostrophes
2696 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
2697 </p>
2698 </blockquote>
2699
2700
2701 </blockquote><p>
2702
2703 </p>
2704 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
2705 </p>
2706 <p>Example:
2707 </p>
2708 <p>
2709 </p>
2710 <blockquote class="text">
2711 <p>C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO ALSA ACTIVE"
2712 </p>
2713 <p>S: "DESCRIPTION: Whether device is enabled"
2714 </p>
2715 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"TYPE: BOOL"
2716 </p>
2717 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MANDATORY: false"
2718 </p>
2719 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FIX: false"
2720 </p>
2721 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MULTIPLICITY: false"
2722 </p>
2723 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"DEFAULT: true"
2724 </p>
2725 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
2726 </p>
2727 </blockquote><p>
2728
2729 </p>
2730 <a name="CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"></a><br /><hr />
2731 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2732 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.5"></a><h3>6.3.5.&nbsp;
2733 Creating a MIDI input device</h3>
2734
2735 <p>Use the following command to create a new MIDI input device for the desired MIDI input system:
2736 </p>
2737 <p>
2738 </p>
2739 <blockquote class="text">
2740 <p>CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE &lt;midi-input-driver&gt; [&lt;param-list&gt;]
2741 </p>
2742 </blockquote><p>
2743
2744 </p>
2745 <p>Where &lt;midi-input-driver&gt; should be replaced by the desired MIDI input system as returned
2746 by the <a class='info' href='#LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS'>"LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all available MIDI input drivers</span><span>)</span></a> command and &lt;param-list&gt; by an
2747 optional list of driver specific parameters in form of "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...", where
2748 character string values should be encapsulated into apostrophes (').
2749 Note that there might be drivers which require parameter(s) to be
2750 given with this command. Use the previously described commands in
2751 this chapter to get that information.
2752 </p>
2753 <p>Possible Answers:
2754 </p>
2755 <p>
2756 </p>
2757 <blockquote class="text">
2758 <p>"OK[&lt;device-id&gt;]" -
2759 </p>
2760 <blockquote class="text">
2761 <p>in case the device was successfully created, where
2762 &lt;device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the new device
2763 </p>
2764 </blockquote>
2765
2766
2767 <p>"WRN[&lt;device-id&gt;]:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
2768 </p>
2769 <blockquote class="text">
2770 <p>in case the driver was loaded successfully, where
2771 &lt;device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the new device, but
2772 there are noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an
2773 appropriate warning code and warning message
2774 </p>
2775 </blockquote>
2776
2777
2778 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
2779 </p>
2780 <blockquote class="text">
2781 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
2782 </p>
2783 </blockquote>
2784
2785
2786 </blockquote><p>
2787
2788 </p>
2789 <p>Example:
2790 </p>
2791 <p>
2792 </p>
2793 <blockquote class="text">
2794 <p>C: "CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE ALSA"
2795 </p>
2796 <p>S: "OK[0]"
2797 </p>
2798 </blockquote><p>
2799
2800 </p>
2801 <a name="DESTROY MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"></a><br /><hr />
2802 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2803 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.6"></a><h3>6.3.6.&nbsp;
2804 Destroying a MIDI input device</h3>
2805
2806 <p>Use the following command to destroy a created MIDI input device:
2807 </p>
2808 <p>
2809 </p>
2810 <blockquote class="text">
2811 <p>DESTROY MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE &lt;device-id&gt;
2812 </p>
2813 </blockquote><p>
2814
2815 </p>
2816 <p>Where &lt;device-id&gt; should be replaced by the device's numerical ID as returned by the
2817 <a class='info' href='#CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating a MIDI input device</span><span>)</span></a>
2818 or <a class='info' href='#LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created MIDI input device list</span><span>)</span></a>
2819 command.
2820 </p>
2821 <p>Possible Answers:
2822 </p>
2823 <p>
2824 </p>
2825 <blockquote class="text">
2826 <p>"OK" -
2827 </p>
2828 <blockquote class="text">
2829 <p>in case the device was successfully destroyed
2830 </p>
2831 </blockquote>
2832
2833
2834 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
2835 </p>
2836 <blockquote class="text">
2837 <p>in case the device was destroyed, but there are noteworthy
2838 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
2839 warning message
2840 </p>
2841 </blockquote>
2842
2843
2844 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
2845 </p>
2846 <blockquote class="text">
2847 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
2848 </p>
2849 </blockquote>
2850
2851
2852 </blockquote><p>
2853
2854 </p>
2855 <p>Example:
2856 </p>
2857 <p>
2858 </p>
2859 <blockquote class="text">
2860 <p>C: "DESTROY MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE 0"
2861 </p>
2862 <p>S: "OK"
2863 </p>
2864 </blockquote><p>
2865
2866 </p>
2867 <a name="GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"></a><br /><hr />
2868 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2869 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.7"></a><h3>6.3.7.&nbsp;
2870 Getting all created MIDI input device count</h3>
2871
2872 <p>Use the following command to count all created MIDI input devices:
2873 </p>
2874 <p>
2875 </p>
2876 <blockquote class="text">
2877 <p>GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES
2878 </p>
2879 </blockquote><p>
2880
2881 </p>
2882 <p>Possible Answers:
2883 </p>
2884 <p>
2885 </p>
2886 <blockquote class="text">
2887 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending the current number of all
2888 MIDI input devices.
2889 </p>
2890 </blockquote><p>
2891
2892 </p>
2893 <p>Example:
2894 </p>
2895 <p>
2896 </p>
2897 <blockquote class="text">
2898 <p>C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"
2899 </p>
2900 <p>S: "3"
2901 </p>
2902 </blockquote><p>
2903
2904 </p>
2905 <a name="LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"></a><br /><hr />
2906 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2907 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.8"></a><h3>6.3.8.&nbsp;
2908 Getting all created MIDI input device list</h3>
2909
2910 <p>Use the following command to list all created MIDI input devices:
2911 </p>
2912 <p>
2913 </p>
2914 <blockquote class="text">
2915 <p>LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES
2916 </p>
2917 </blockquote><p>
2918
2919 </p>
2920 <p>Possible Answers:
2921 </p>
2922 <p>
2923 </p>
2924 <blockquote class="text">
2925 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a comma separated list
2926 with the numerical Ids of all created MIDI input devices.
2927 </p>
2928 </blockquote><p>
2929
2930 </p>
2931 <p>Examples:
2932 </p>
2933 <p>
2934 </p>
2935 <blockquote class="text">
2936 <p>C: "LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"
2937 </p>
2938 <p>S: "0,1,2"
2939 </p>
2940 </blockquote><p>
2941
2942 </p>
2943 <p>
2944 </p>
2945 <blockquote class="text">
2946 <p>C: "LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"
2947 </p>
2948 <p>S: "1,3"
2949 </p>
2950 </blockquote><p>
2951
2952 </p>
2953 <a name="GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE INFO"></a><br /><hr />
2954 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2955 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.9"></a><h3>6.3.9.&nbsp;
2956 Getting current settings of a MIDI input device</h3>
2957
2958 <p>Use the following command to get current settings of a specific, created MIDI input device:
2959 </p>
2960 <p>
2961 </p>
2962 <blockquote class="text">
2963 <p>GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE INFO &lt;device-id&gt;
2964 </p>
2965 </blockquote><p>
2966
2967 </p>
2968 <p>Where &lt;device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the MIDI input device as returned by the
2969 <a class='info' href='#CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating a MIDI input device</span><span>)</span></a>
2970 or <a class='info' href='#LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created MIDI input device list</span><span>)</span></a>
2971 command.
2972 </p>
2973 <p>Possible Answers:
2974 </p>
2975 <p>
2976 </p>
2977 <blockquote class="text">
2978 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
2979 Each answer line begins with the information category name
2980 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
2981 the info character string to that info category. As some
2982 parameters might allow multiple values, character strings are
2983 encapsulated into apostrophes ('). At the moment the following
2984 information categories are defined (independent of driver):
2985 </p>
2986 <p>
2987 </p>
2988 <blockquote class="text">
2989 <p>DRIVER -
2990 </p>
2991 <blockquote class="text">
2992 <p>identifier of the used MIDI input driver, as e.g.
2993 returned by the <a class='info' href='#LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS'>"LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all available MIDI input drivers</span><span>)</span></a>
2994 command
2995 </p>
2996 </blockquote>
2997
2998
2999 </blockquote>
3000
3001 <blockquote class="text">
3002 <p>ACTIVE -
3003 </p>
3004 <blockquote class="text">
3005 <p>either true or false, if false then the MIDI device is
3006 inactive and doesn't listen to any incoming MIDI events
3007 and thus doesn't forward them to connected sampler
3008 channels
3009 </p>
3010 </blockquote>
3011
3012
3013 </blockquote>
3014
3015
3016 </blockquote><p>
3017
3018 </p>
3019 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular
3020 order. The fields above are only those fields which are
3021 returned by all MIDI input devices. Every MIDI input driver
3022 might have its own, additional driver specific parameters (see
3023 <a class='info' href='#GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO'>"GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting information about a specific MIDI input driver</span><span>)</span></a> command) which are also returned
3024 by this command.
3025 </p>
3026 <p>Example:
3027 </p>
3028 <p>
3029 </p>
3030 <blockquote class="text">
3031 <p>C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE INFO 0"
3032 </p>
3033 <p>S: "DRIVER: ALSA"
3034 </p>
3035 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"ACTIVE: true"
3036 </p>
3037 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
3038 </p>
3039 </blockquote><p>
3040
3041 </p>
3042 <a name="SET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER"></a><br /><hr />
3043 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3044 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.10"></a><h3>6.3.10.&nbsp;
3045 Changing settings of MIDI input devices</h3>
3046
3047 <p>Use the following command to alter a specific setting of a created MIDI input device:
3048 </p>
3049 <p>
3050 </p>
3051 <blockquote class="text">
3052 <p>SET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER &lt;device-id&gt; &lt;key&gt;=&lt;value&gt;
3053 </p>
3054 </blockquote><p>
3055
3056 </p>
3057 <p>Where &lt;device-id&gt; should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
3058 MIDI input device as returned by the
3059 <a class='info' href='#CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating a MIDI input device</span><span>)</span></a>
3060 or <a class='info' href='#LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created MIDI input device list</span><span>)</span></a>
3061 command, &lt;key&gt; by the name of the parameter to change and
3062 &lt;value&gt; by the new value for this parameter.
3063 </p>
3064 <p>Possible Answers:
3065 </p>
3066 <p>
3067 </p>
3068 <blockquote class="text">
3069 <p>"OK" -
3070 </p>
3071 <blockquote class="text">
3072 <p>in case setting was successfully changed
3073 </p>
3074 </blockquote>
3075
3076
3077 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
3078 </p>
3079 <blockquote class="text">
3080 <p>in case setting was changed successfully, but there are
3081 noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate
3082 warning code and warning message
3083 </p>
3084 </blockquote>
3085
3086
3087 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3088 </p>
3089 <blockquote class="text">
3090 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
3091 </p>
3092 </blockquote>
3093
3094
3095 </blockquote><p>
3096
3097 </p>
3098 <p>Example:
3099 </p>
3100 <p>
3101 </p>
3102 <blockquote class="text">
3103 <p>C: "SET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER 0 ACTIVE=false"
3104 </p>
3105 <p>S: "OK"
3106 </p>
3107 </blockquote><p>
3108
3109 </p>
3110 <a name="GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT INFO"></a><br /><hr />
3111 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3112 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.11"></a><h3>6.3.11.&nbsp;
3113 Getting information about a MIDI port</h3>
3114
3115 <p>Use the following command to get information about a MIDI port:
3116 </p>
3117 <p>
3118 </p>
3119 <blockquote class="text">
3120 <p>GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT INFO &lt;device-id&gt; &lt;midi-port&gt;
3121 </p>
3122 </blockquote><p>
3123
3124 </p>
3125 <p>Where &lt;device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the MIDI input device as returned by the
3126 <a class='info' href='#CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating a MIDI input device</span><span>)</span></a>
3127 or <a class='info' href='#LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created MIDI input device list</span><span>)</span></a>
3128 command and &lt;midi-port&gt; the MIDI input port number.
3129 </p>
3130 <p>Possible Answers:
3131 </p>
3132 <p>
3133 </p>
3134 <blockquote class="text">
3135 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
3136 Each answer line begins with the information category name
3137 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
3138 the info character string to that info category. At the moment
3139 the following information categories are defined:
3140 </p>
3141 <p>NAME -
3142 </p>
3143 <blockquote class="text">
3144 <p>arbitrary character string naming the port
3145 </p>
3146 </blockquote>
3147
3148
3149 </blockquote><p>
3150
3151 </p>
3152 <p>The field above is only the one which is returned by all MIDI
3153 ports regardless of the MIDI driver and port. Every MIDI port
3154 might have its own, additional driver and port specific
3155 parameters.
3156 </p>
3157 <p>Example:
3158 </p>
3159 <p>
3160 </p>
3161 <blockquote class="text">
3162 <p>C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT INFO 0 0"
3163 </p>
3164 <p>S: "NAME: 'Masterkeyboard'"
3165 </p>
3166 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"ALSA_SEQ_BINDINGS: '64:0'"
3167 </p>
3168 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
3169 </p>
3170 </blockquote><p>
3171
3172 </p>
3173 <a name="GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER INFO"></a><br /><hr />
3174 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3175 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.12"></a><h3>6.3.12.&nbsp;
3176 Getting information about specific MIDI port parameter</h3>
3177
3178 <p>Use the following command to get detailed information about specific MIDI port parameter:
3179 </p>
3180 <p>
3181 </p>
3182 <blockquote class="text">
3183 <p>GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER INFO &lt;dev-id&gt; &lt;port&gt; &lt;param&gt;
3184 </p>
3185 </blockquote><p>
3186
3187 </p>
3188 <p>Where &lt;dev-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the MIDI input device as returned by the
3189 <a class='info' href='#CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating a MIDI input device</span><span>)</span></a>
3190 or <a class='info' href='#LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created MIDI input device list</span><span>)</span></a>
3191 command, &lt;port&gt; the MIDI port number and
3192 &lt;param&gt; a specific port parameter name for which information should be
3193 obtained (as returned by the <a class='info' href='#GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT INFO'>"GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting information about a MIDI port</span><span>)</span></a> command).
3194 </p>
3195 <p>Possible Answers:
3196 </p>
3197 <p>
3198 </p>
3199 <blockquote class="text">
3200 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
3201 Each answer line begins with the information category name
3202 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
3203 the info character string to that info category. There is
3204 information which is always returned, independently of the
3205 given channel parameter and there is optional information
3206 which are only shown dependently to the given MIDI port. At the
3207 moment the following information categories are defined:
3208 </p>
3209 <p>TYPE -
3210 </p>
3211 <blockquote class="text">
3212 <p>either "BOOL" for boolean value(s) or "INT" for integer
3213 value(s) or "FLOAT" for dotted number(s) or "STRING" for
3214 character string(s)
3215 (always returned)
3216 </p>
3217 </blockquote>
3218
3219
3220 <p>DESCRIPTION -
3221 </p>
3222 <blockquote class="text">
3223 <p>arbitrary text describing the purpose of the parameter
3224 (always returned)
3225 </p>
3226 </blockquote>
3227
3228
3229 <p>FIX -
3230 </p>
3231 <blockquote class="text">
3232 <p>either true or false, if true then this parameter is
3233 read only, thus cannot be altered
3234 (always returned)
3235 </p>
3236 </blockquote>
3237
3238
3239 <p>MULTIPLICITY -
3240 </p>
3241 <blockquote class="text">
3242 <p>either true or false, defines if this parameter allows
3243 only one value or a list of values, where true means
3244 multiple values and false only a single value allowed
3245 (always returned)
3246 </p>
3247 </blockquote>
3248
3249
3250 <p>RANGE_MIN -
3251 </p>
3252 <blockquote class="text">
3253 <p>defines lower limit of the allowed value range for this
3254 parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
3255 number, this parameter is usually used in conjunction
3256 with 'RANGE_MAX' but may also appear without
3257 (optionally returned, dependent to driver and port
3258 parameter)
3259 </p>
3260 </blockquote>
3261
3262
3263 <p>RANGE_MAX -
3264 </p>
3265 <blockquote class="text">
3266 <p>defines upper limit of the allowed value range for this
3267 parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
3268 number, this parameter is usually used in conjunction
3269 with 'RANGE_MIN' but may also appear without
3270 (optionally returned, dependent to driver and port
3271 parameter)
3272 </p>
3273 </blockquote>
3274
3275
3276 <p>POSSIBILITIES -
3277 </p>
3278 <blockquote class="text">
3279 <p>comma separated list of possible values for this
3280 parameter, character strings are encapsulated into
3281 apostrophes
3282 (optionally returned, dependent to device and port
3283 parameter)
3284 </p>
3285 </blockquote>
3286
3287
3288 </blockquote><p>
3289
3290 </p>
3291 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
3292 </p>
3293 <p>Example:
3294 </p>
3295 <p>
3296 </p>
3297 <blockquote class="text">
3298 <p>C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER INFO 0 0 ALSA_SEQ_BINDINGS"
3299 </p>
3300 <p>S: "DESCRIPTION: bindings to other ALSA sequencer clients"
3301 </p>
3302 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"TYPE: STRING"
3303 </p>
3304 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FIX: false"
3305 </p>
3306 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MULTIPLICITY: true"
3307 </p>
3308 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"POSSIBILITIES: '64:0','68:0','68:1'"
3309 </p>
3310 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
3311 </p>
3312 </blockquote><p>
3313
3314 </p>
3315 <a name="SET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER"></a><br /><hr />
3316 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3317 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.13"></a><h3>6.3.13.&nbsp;
3318 Changing settings of MIDI input ports</h3>
3319
3320 <p>Use the following command to alter a specific setting of a MIDI input port:
3321 </p>
3322 <p>
3323 </p>
3324 <blockquote class="text">
3325 <p>SET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER &lt;device-id&gt; &lt;port&gt; &lt;key&gt;=&lt;value&gt;
3326 </p>
3327 </blockquote><p>
3328
3329 </p>
3330 <p>Where &lt;device-id&gt; should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
3331 MIDI device as returned by the
3332 <a class='info' href='#CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating a MIDI input device</span><span>)</span></a>
3333 or <a class='info' href='#LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created MIDI input device list</span><span>)</span></a>
3334 command, &lt;port&gt; by the MIDI port number, &lt;key&gt; by the name of
3335 the parameter to change and &lt;value&gt; by the new value for this
3336 parameter (encapsulated into apostrophes) or NONE (not encapsulated into apostrophes)
3337 for specifying no value for parameters allowing a list of values.
3338 </p>
3339 <p>Possible Answers:
3340 </p>
3341 <p>
3342 </p>
3343 <blockquote class="text">
3344 <p>"OK" -
3345 </p>
3346 <blockquote class="text">
3347 <p>in case setting was successfully changed
3348 </p>
3349 </blockquote>
3350
3351
3352 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
3353 </p>
3354 <blockquote class="text">
3355 <p>in case setting was changed successfully, but there are
3356 noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate
3357 warning code and warning message
3358 </p>
3359 </blockquote>
3360
3361
3362 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3363 </p>
3364 <blockquote class="text">
3365 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
3366 </p>
3367 </blockquote>
3368
3369
3370 </blockquote><p>
3371
3372 </p>
3373 <p>Example:
3374 </p>
3375 <p>
3376 </p>
3377 <blockquote class="text">
3378 <p>C: "SET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER 0 0 ALSA_SEQ_BINDINGS='20:0'"
3379 </p>
3380 <p>S: "OK"
3381 </p>
3382 </blockquote><p>
3383
3384 </p>
3385 <p>
3386 </p>
3387 <blockquote class="text">
3388 <p>C: "SET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER 0 0 ALSA_SEQ_BINDINGS=NONE"
3389 </p>
3390 <p>S: "OK"
3391 </p>
3392 </blockquote><p>
3393
3394 </p>
3395 <a name="anchor11"></a><br /><hr />
3396 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3397 <a name="rfc.section.6.4"></a><h3>6.4.&nbsp;
3398 Configuring sampler channels</h3>
3399
3400 <p>The following commands describe how to add and remove sampler channels, associate a
3401 sampler channel with a sampler engine, load instruments and connect sampler channels to
3402 MIDI and audio devices.
3403 </p>
3404 <a name="LOAD INSTRUMENT"></a><br /><hr />
3405 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3406 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.1"></a><h3>6.4.1.&nbsp;
3407 Loading an instrument</h3>
3408
3409 <p>An instrument file can be loaded and assigned to a sampler channel by one of the following commands:
3410 </p>
3411 <p>
3412 </p>
3413 <blockquote class="text">
3414 <p>LOAD INSTRUMENT [NON_MODAL] '&lt;filename&gt;' &lt;instr-index&gt; &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
3415 </p>
3416 </blockquote><p>
3417
3418 </p>
3419 <p>Where &lt;filename&gt; is the name of the instrument file on the
3420 LinuxSampler instance's host system, &lt;instr-index&gt; the index of the
3421 instrument in the instrument file and &lt;sampler-channel> is the
3422 number of the sampler channel the instrument should be assigned to.
3423 Each sampler channel can only have one instrument.
3424 </p>
3425 <p>Notice: since LSCP 1.2 the &lt;filename&gt; argument supports
3426 escape characters for special characters (see chapter
3427 "<a class='info' href='#character_set'>Character Set and Escape Sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>"
3428 for details) and accordingly backslash characters in the filename
3429 MUST now be escaped as well!
3430 </p>
3431 <p>The difference between regular and NON_MODAL versions of the command
3432 is that the regular command returns OK only after the instrument has been
3433 fully loaded and the channel is ready to be used while NON_MODAL version
3434 returns immediately and a background process is launched to load the instrument
3435 on the channel. The <a class='info' href='#GET CHANNEL INFO'>GET CHANNEL INFO<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting sampler channel information</span><span>)</span></a>
3436 command can be used to obtain loading
3437 progress from INSTRUMENT_STATUS field. LOAD command will perform sanity checks
3438 such as making sure that the file could be read and it is of a proper format
3439 and SHOULD return ERR and SHOULD not launch the background process should any
3440 errors be detected at that point.
3441 </p>
3442 <p>Possible Answers:
3443 </p>
3444 <p>
3445 </p>
3446 <blockquote class="text">
3447 <p>"OK" -
3448 </p>
3449 <blockquote class="text">
3450 <p>in case the instrument was successfully loaded
3451 </p>
3452 </blockquote>
3453
3454
3455 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
3456 </p>
3457 <blockquote class="text">
3458 <p>in case the instrument was loaded successfully, but there
3459 are noteworthy issue(s) related (e.g. Engine doesn't support
3460 one or more patch parameters provided by the loaded
3461 instrument file), providing an appropriate warning code and
3462 warning message
3463 </p>
3464 </blockquote>
3465
3466
3467 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3468 </p>
3469 <blockquote class="text">
3470 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
3471 </p>
3472 </blockquote>
3473
3474
3475 </blockquote><p>
3476
3477 </p>
3478 <p>Example (Unix):
3479 </p>
3480 <p>
3481 </p>
3482 <blockquote class="text">
3483 <p>C: LOAD INSTRUMENT '/home/joe/gigs/cello.gig' 0 0
3484 </p>
3485 <p>S: OK
3486 </p>
3487 </blockquote><p>
3488
3489 </p>
3490 <p>Example (Windows):
3491 </p>
3492 <p>
3493 </p>
3494 <blockquote class="text">
3495 <p>C: LOAD INSTRUMENT 'D:/MySounds/cello.gig' 0 0
3496 </p>
3497 <p>S: OK
3498 </p>
3499 </blockquote><p>
3500
3501 </p>
3502 <a name="LOAD ENGINE"></a><br /><hr />
3503 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3504 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.2"></a><h3>6.4.2.&nbsp;
3505 Loading a sampler engine</h3>
3506
3507 <p>A sampler engine type can be associated to a specific sampler
3508 channel by the following command:
3509 </p>
3510 <p>
3511 </p>
3512 <blockquote class="text">
3513 <p>LOAD ENGINE &lt;engine-name&gt; &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
3514 </p>
3515 </blockquote><p>
3516
3517 </p>
3518 <p>Where &lt;engine-name&gt; is an engine name as obtained by the
3519 <a class='info' href='#LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES'>"LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all available engines</span><span>)</span></a> command and &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
3520 the sampler channel as returned by the
3521 <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a> or
3522 <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command where
3523 the engine type should be assigned to. This command should be issued
3524 after adding a new sampler channel and before any other control
3525 commands on the new sampler channel. It can also be used to change
3526 the engine type of a sampler channel. This command has (currently) no
3527 way to define or force if a new engine instance should be created and
3528 assigned to the given sampler channel or if an already existing
3529 instance of that engine type, shared with other sampler channels,
3530 should be used.
3531 </p>
3532 <p>Possible Answers:
3533 </p>
3534 <p>
3535 </p>
3536 <blockquote class="text">
3537 <p>"OK" -
3538 </p>
3539 <blockquote class="text">
3540 <p>in case the engine was successfully deployed
3541 </p>
3542 </blockquote>
3543
3544
3545 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
3546 </p>
3547 <blockquote class="text">
3548 <p>in case the engine was deployed successfully, but there
3549 are noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate
3550 warning code and warning message
3551 </p>
3552 </blockquote>
3553
3554
3555 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3556 </p>
3557 <blockquote class="text">
3558 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3559 error message
3560 </p>
3561 </blockquote>
3562
3563
3564 </blockquote><p>
3565
3566 </p>
3567 <p>Example:
3568 </p>
3569 <p>
3570 </p>
3571 <blockquote class="text">
3572 <p>
3573 </p>
3574 </blockquote><p>
3575
3576 </p>
3577 <a name="GET CHANNELS"></a><br /><hr />
3578 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3579 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.3"></a><h3>6.4.3.&nbsp;
3580 Getting all created sampler channel count</h3>
3581
3582 <p>The number of sampler channels can change on runtime. To get the
3583 current amount of sampler channels, the front-end can send the
3584 following command:
3585 </p>
3586 <p>
3587 </p>
3588 <blockquote class="text">
3589 <p>GET CHANNELS
3590 </p>
3591 </blockquote><p>
3592
3593 </p>
3594 <p>Possible Answers:
3595 </p>
3596 <p>
3597 </p>
3598 <blockquote class="text">
3599 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by returning the current number of sampler channels.
3600 </p>
3601 </blockquote><p>
3602
3603 </p>
3604 <p>Example:
3605 </p>
3606 <p>
3607 </p>
3608 <blockquote class="text">
3609 <p>C: "GET CHANNELS"
3610 </p>
3611 <p>S: "12"
3612 </p>
3613 </blockquote><p>
3614
3615 </p>
3616 <a name="LIST CHANNELS"></a><br /><hr />
3617 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3618 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.4"></a><h3>6.4.4.&nbsp;
3619 Getting all created sampler channel list</h3>
3620
3621 <p>The number of sampler channels can change on runtime. To get the
3622 current list of sampler channels, the front-end can send the
3623 following command:
3624 </p>
3625 <p>
3626 </p>
3627 <blockquote class="text">
3628 <p>LIST CHANNELS
3629 </p>
3630 </blockquote><p>
3631
3632 </p>
3633 <p>Possible Answers:
3634 </p>
3635 <p>
3636 </p>
3637 <blockquote class="text">
3638 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by returning a comma separated list
3639 with all sampler channels numerical IDs.
3640 </p>
3641 </blockquote><p>
3642
3643 </p>
3644 <p>Example:
3645 </p>
3646 <p>
3647 </p>
3648 <blockquote class="text">
3649 <p>C: "LIST CHANNELS"
3650 </p>
3651 <p>S: "0,1,2,3,4,5,6,9,10,11,15,20"
3652 </p>
3653 </blockquote><p>
3654
3655 </p>
3656 <a name="ADD CHANNEL"></a><br /><hr />
3657 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3658 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.5"></a><h3>6.4.5.&nbsp;
3659 Adding a new sampler channel</h3>
3660
3661 <p>A new sampler channel can be added to the end of the sampler
3662 channel list by sending the following command:
3663 </p>
3664 <p>
3665 </p>
3666 <blockquote class="text">
3667 <p>ADD CHANNEL
3668 </p>
3669 </blockquote><p>
3670
3671 </p>
3672 <p>This will increment the sampler channel count by one and the new
3673 sampler channel will be appended to the end of the sampler channel
3674 list. The front-end should send the respective, related commands
3675 right after to e.g. load an engine, load an instrument and setting
3676 input, output method and eventually other commands to initialize
3677 the new channel. The front-end should use the sampler channel
3678 returned by the answer of this command to perform the previously
3679 recommended commands, to avoid race conditions e.g. with other
3680 front-ends that might also have sent an "ADD CHANNEL" command.
3681 </p>
3682 <p>Possible Answers:
3683 </p>
3684 <p>
3685 </p>
3686 <blockquote class="text">
3687 <p>"OK[&lt;sampler-channel&gt;]" -
3688 </p>
3689 <blockquote class="text">
3690 <p>in case a new sampler channel could be added, where
3691 &lt;sampler-channel&gt; reflects the channel number of the new
3692 created sampler channel which should be used to set up
3693 the sampler channel by sending subsequent initialization
3694 commands
3695 </p>
3696 </blockquote>
3697
3698
3699 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
3700 </p>
3701 <blockquote class="text">
3702 <p>in case a new channel was added successfully, but there are
3703 noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate
3704 warning code and warning message
3705 </p>
3706 </blockquote>
3707
3708
3709 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3710 </p>
3711 <blockquote class="text">
3712 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3713 error message
3714 </p>
3715 </blockquote>
3716
3717
3718 </blockquote><p>
3719
3720 </p>
3721 <p>Example:
3722 </p>
3723 <p>
3724 </p>
3725 <blockquote class="text">
3726 <p>
3727 </p>
3728 </blockquote><p>
3729
3730 </p>
3731 <a name="REMOVE CHANNEL"></a><br /><hr />
3732 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3733 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.6"></a><h3>6.4.6.&nbsp;
3734 Removing a sampler channel</h3>
3735
3736 <p>A sampler channel can be removed by sending the following command:
3737 </p>
3738 <p>
3739 </p>
3740 <blockquote class="text">
3741 <p>REMOVE CHANNEL &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
3742 </p>
3743 </blockquote><p>
3744
3745 </p>
3746 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; should be replaced by the
3747 number of the sampler channel as given by the
3748 <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
3749 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a>
3750 command. The channel numbers of all subsequent sampler channels
3751 remain the same.
3752 </p>
3753 <p>Possible Answers:
3754 </p>
3755 <p>
3756 </p>
3757 <blockquote class="text">
3758 <p>"OK" -
3759 </p>
3760 <blockquote class="text">
3761 <p>in case the given sampler channel could be removed
3762 </p>
3763 </blockquote>
3764
3765
3766 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
3767 </p>
3768 <blockquote class="text">
3769 <p>in case the given channel was removed, but there are
3770 noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate
3771 warning code and warning message
3772 </p>
3773 </blockquote>
3774
3775
3776 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3777 </p>
3778 <blockquote class="text">
3779 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3780 error message
3781 </p>
3782 </blockquote>
3783
3784
3785 </blockquote><p>
3786
3787 </p>
3788 <p>Example:
3789 </p>
3790 <p>
3791 </p>
3792 <blockquote class="text">
3793 <p>
3794 </p>
3795 </blockquote><p>
3796
3797 </p>
3798 <a name="GET AVAILABLE_ENGINES"></a><br /><hr />
3799 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3800 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.7"></a><h3>6.4.7.&nbsp;
3801 Getting amount of available engines</h3>
3802
3803 <p>The front-end can ask for the number of available engines by sending the following command:
3804 </p>
3805 <p>
3806 </p>
3807 <blockquote class="text">
3808 <p>GET AVAILABLE_ENGINES
3809 </p>
3810 </blockquote><p>
3811
3812 </p>
3813 <p>Possible Answers:
3814 </p>
3815 <p>
3816 </p>
3817 <blockquote class="text">
3818 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending the number of available engines.
3819 </p>
3820 </blockquote><p>
3821
3822 </p>
3823 <p>Example:
3824 </p>
3825 <p>
3826 </p>
3827 <blockquote class="text">
3828 <p>C: "GET AVAILABLE_ENGINES"
3829 </p>
3830 <p>S: "4"
3831 </p>
3832 </blockquote><p>
3833
3834 </p>
3835 <a name="LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES"></a><br /><hr />
3836 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3837 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.8"></a><h3>6.4.8.&nbsp;
3838 Getting all available engines</h3>
3839
3840 <p>The front-end can ask for a list of all available engines by sending the following command:
3841 </p>
3842 <p>
3843 </p>
3844 <blockquote class="text">
3845 <p>LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES
3846 </p>
3847 </blockquote><p>
3848
3849 </p>
3850 <p>Possible Answers:
3851 </p>
3852 <p>
3853 </p>
3854 <blockquote class="text">
3855 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a comma separated list
3856 of the engines' names encapsulated into apostrophes (').
3857 Engine names can consist of lower and upper cases,
3858 digits and underlines ("_" character).
3859 </p>
3860 </blockquote><p>
3861
3862 </p>
3863 <p>Example:
3864 </p>
3865 <p>
3866 </p>
3867 <blockquote class="text">
3868 <p>C: "LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES"
3869 </p>
3870 <p>S: "'GigEngine','AkaiEngine','DLSEngine','JoesCustomEngine'"
3871 </p>
3872 </blockquote><p>
3873
3874 </p>
3875 <a name="GET ENGINE INFO"></a><br /><hr />
3876 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3877 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.9"></a><h3>6.4.9.&nbsp;
3878 Getting information about an engine</h3>
3879
3880 <p>The front-end can ask for information about a specific engine by
3881 sending the following command:
3882 </p>
3883 <p>
3884 </p>
3885 <blockquote class="text">
3886 <p>GET ENGINE INFO &lt;engine-name&gt;
3887 </p>
3888 </blockquote><p>
3889
3890 </p>
3891 <p>Where &lt;engine-name&gt; is an engine name as obtained by the
3892 <a class='info' href='#LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES'>"LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all available engines</span><span>)</span></a> command.
3893 </p>
3894 <p>Possible Answers:
3895 </p>
3896 <p>
3897 </p>
3898 <blockquote class="text">
3899 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
3900 Each answer line begins with the information category name
3901 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
3902 the info character string to that info category. At the moment
3903 the following categories are defined:
3904 </p>
3905 <p>
3906 </p>
3907 <blockquote class="text">
3908 <p>DESCRIPTION -
3909 </p>
3910 <blockquote class="text">
3911 <p>arbitrary description text about the engine
3912 (note that the character string may contain
3913 <a class='info' href='#character_set'>escape sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>)
3914 </p>
3915 </blockquote>
3916
3917
3918 <p>VERSION -
3919 </p>
3920 <blockquote class="text">
3921 <p>arbitrary character string regarding the engine's version
3922 </p>
3923 </blockquote>
3924
3925
3926 </blockquote>
3927
3928
3929 </blockquote><p>
3930
3931 </p>
3932 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
3933 </p>
3934 <p>Example:
3935 </p>
3936 <p>
3937 </p>
3938 <blockquote class="text">
3939 <p>C: "GET ENGINE INFO JoesCustomEngine"
3940 </p>
3941 <p>S: "DESCRIPTION: this is Joe's custom sampler engine"
3942 </p>
3943 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"VERSION: testing-1.0"
3944 </p>
3945 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
3946 </p>
3947 </blockquote><p>
3948
3949 </p>
3950 <a name="GET CHANNEL INFO"></a><br /><hr />
3951 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3952 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.10"></a><h3>6.4.10.&nbsp;
3953 Getting sampler channel information</h3>
3954
3955 <p>The front-end can ask for the current settings of a sampler channel
3956 by sending the following command:
3957 </p>
3958 <p>
3959 </p>
3960 <blockquote class="text">
3961 <p>GET CHANNEL INFO &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
3962 </p>
3963 </blockquote><p>
3964
3965 </p>
3966 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the sampler channel number the front-end is interested in
3967 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
3968 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command.
3969 </p>
3970 <p>Possible Answers:
3971 </p>
3972 <p>
3973 </p>
3974 <blockquote class="text">
3975 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
3976 Each answer line begins with the settings category name
3977 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
3978 the info character string to that setting category. At the
3979 moment the following categories are defined:
3980 </p>
3981 <p>
3982 </p>
3983 <blockquote class="text">
3984 <p>ENGINE_NAME -
3985 </p>
3986 <blockquote class="text">
3987 <p>name of the engine that is associated with the sampler
3988 channel, "NONE" if there's no engine associated yet for
3989 this sampler channel
3990 </p>
3991 </blockquote>
3992
3993
3994 <p>AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE -
3995 </p>
3996 <blockquote class="text">
3997 <p>numerical ID of the audio output device which is
3998 currently connected to this sampler channel to output
3999 the audio signal, "-1" if there's no device
4000 connected to this sampler channel
4001 </p>
4002 </blockquote>
4003
4004
4005 <p>AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNELS -
4006 </p>
4007 <blockquote class="text">
4008 <p>number of output channels the sampler channel offers
4009 (dependent to used sampler engine and loaded instrument)
4010 </p>
4011 </blockquote>
4012
4013
4014 <p>AUDIO_OUTPUT_ROUTING -
4015 </p>
4016 <blockquote class="text">
4017 <p>comma separated list which reflects to which audio
4018 channel of the selected audio output device each
4019 sampler output channel is routed to, e.g. "0,3" would
4020 mean the engine's output channel 0 is routed to channel
4021 0 of the audio output device and the engine's output
4022 channel 1 is routed to the channel 3 of the audio
4023 output device
4024 </p>
4025 </blockquote>
4026
4027
4028 <p>INSTRUMENT_FILE -
4029 </p>
4030 <blockquote class="text">
4031 <p>the file name of the loaded instrument, "NONE" if
4032 there's no instrument yet loaded for this sampler
4033 channel (note: since LSCP 1.2 this path may contain
4034 <a class='info' href='#character_set'>escape sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>)
4035 </p>
4036 </blockquote>
4037
4038
4039 <p>INSTRUMENT_NR -
4040 </p>
4041 <blockquote class="text">
4042 <p>the instrument index number of the loaded instrument,
4043 "-1" if there's no instrument loaded for this sampler
4044 channel
4045 </p>
4046 </blockquote>
4047
4048
4049 <p>INSTRUMENT_NAME -
4050 </p>
4051 <blockquote class="text">
4052 <p>the instrument name of the loaded instrument
4053 (note: since LSCP 1.2 this character string may contain
4054 <a class='info' href='#character_set'>escape sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>)
4055 </p>
4056 </blockquote>
4057
4058
4059 <p>INSTRUMENT_STATUS -
4060 </p>
4061 <blockquote class="text">
4062 <p>Integer values 0 to 100 indicating loading progress
4063 percentage for the instrument. Negative
4064 value indicates a loading exception (also returns "-1" in case no
4065 instrument was yet to be loaded on the sampler channel).
4066 Value of 100 indicates that the instrument is fully
4067 loaded.
4068 </p>
4069 </blockquote>
4070
4071
4072 <p>MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE -
4073 </p>
4074 <blockquote class="text">
4075 <p>numerical ID of the MIDI input device which is
4076 currently connected to this sampler channel to deliver
4077 MIDI input commands, "-1" if there's no device
4078 connected to this sampler channel
4079 </p>
4080 </blockquote>
4081
4082
4083 <p>MIDI_INPUT_PORT -
4084 </p>
4085 <blockquote class="text">
4086 <p>port number of the MIDI input device (in case a
4087 MIDI device was already assigned to the sampler
4088 channel)
4089 </p>
4090 </blockquote>
4091
4092
4093 <p>MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL -
4094 </p>
4095 <blockquote class="text">
4096 <p>the MIDI input channel number this sampler channel
4097 should listen to or "ALL" to listen on all MIDI channels
4098 </p>
4099 </blockquote>
4100
4101
4102 <p>VOLUME -
4103 </p>
4104 <blockquote class="text">
4105 <p>optionally dotted number for the channel volume factor
4106 (where a value &lt; 1.0 means attenuation and a value >
4107 1.0 means amplification)
4108 </p>
4109 </blockquote>
4110
4111
4112 <p>MUTE -
4113 </p>
4114 <blockquote class="text">
4115 <p>Determines whether the channel is muted, "true" if the
4116 channel is muted, "false" if the channel is not muted, and
4117 "MUTED_BY_SOLO" if the channel is muted because of the
4118 presence of a solo channel and will be unmuted when
4119 there are no solo channels left
4120 </p>
4121 </blockquote>
4122
4123
4124 <p>SOLO -
4125 </p>
4126 <blockquote class="text">
4127 <p>Determines whether this is a solo channel, "true" if
4128 the channel is a solo channel; "false" otherwise
4129 </p>
4130 </blockquote>
4131
4132
4133 <p>MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP -
4134 </p>
4135 <blockquote class="text">
4136 <p>Determines to which MIDI instrument map this sampler
4137 channel is assigned to. Read chapter
4138 <a class='info' href='#SET CHANNEL MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP'>"SET CHANNEL MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Assigning a MIDI instrument map to a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
4139 for a list of possible values.
4140 </p>
4141 </blockquote>
4142
4143
4144 </blockquote>
4145
4146
4147 </blockquote><p>
4148
4149 </p>
4150 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
4151 </p>
4152 <p>Example:
4153 </p>
4154 <p>
4155 </p>
4156 <blockquote class="text">
4157 <p>C: "GET CHANNEL INFO 34"
4158 </p>
4159 <p>S: "ENGINE_NAME: GigEngine"
4160 </p>
4161 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"VOLUME: 1.0"
4162 </p>
4163 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE: 0"
4164 </p>
4165 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNELS: 2"
4166 </p>
4167 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"AUDIO_OUTPUT_ROUTING: 0,1"
4168 </p>
4169 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"INSTRUMENT_FILE: /home/joe/FazioliPiano.gig"
4170 </p>
4171 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"INSTRUMENT_NR: 0"
4172 </p>
4173 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"INSTRUMENT_NAME: Fazioli Piano"
4174 </p>
4175 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"INSTRUMENT_STATUS: 100"
4176 </p>
4177 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE: 0"
4178 </p>
4179 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MIDI_INPUT_PORT: 0"
4180 </p>
4181 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL: 5"
4182 </p>
4183 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"VOLUME: 1.0"
4184 </p>
4185 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MUTE: false"
4186 </p>
4187 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"SOLO: false"
4188 </p>
4189 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP: NONE"
4190 </p>
4191 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
4192 </p>
4193 </blockquote><p>
4194
4195 </p>
4196 <a name="GET CHANNEL VOICE_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
4197 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4198 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.11"></a><h3>6.4.11.&nbsp;
4199 Current number of active voices</h3>
4200
4201 <p>The front-end can ask for the current number of active voices on a
4202 sampler channel by sending the following command:
4203 </p>
4204 <p>
4205 </p>
4206 <blockquote class="text">
4207 <p>GET CHANNEL VOICE_COUNT &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
4208 </p>
4209 </blockquote><p>
4210
4211 </p>
4212 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the sampler channel number the front-end is interested in
4213 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
4214 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command.
4215 </p>
4216 <p>Possible Answers:
4217 </p>
4218 <p>
4219 </p>
4220 <blockquote class="text">
4221 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by returning the number of active
4222 voices on that channel.
4223 </p>
4224 </blockquote><p>
4225
4226 </p>
4227 <p>Example:
4228 </p>
4229 <p>
4230 </p>
4231 <blockquote class="text">
4232 <p>
4233 </p>
4234 </blockquote><p>
4235
4236 </p>
4237 <a name="GET CHANNEL STREAM_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
4238 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4239 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.12"></a><h3>6.4.12.&nbsp;
4240 Current number of active disk streams</h3>
4241
4242 <p>The front-end can ask for the current number of active disk streams
4243 on a sampler channel by sending the following command:
4244 </p>
4245 <p>
4246 </p>
4247 <blockquote class="text">
4248 <p>GET CHANNEL STREAM_COUNT &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
4249 </p>
4250 </blockquote><p>
4251
4252 </p>
4253 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the sampler channel number the front-end is interested in
4254 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
4255 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command.
4256 </p>
4257 <p>Possible Answers:
4258 </p>
4259 <p>
4260 </p>
4261 <blockquote class="text">
4262 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by returning the number of active
4263 disk streams on that channel in case the engine supports disk
4264 streaming, if the engine doesn't support disk streaming it will
4265 return "NA" for not available.
4266 </p>
4267 </blockquote><p>
4268
4269 </p>
4270 <p>Example:
4271 </p>
4272 <p>
4273 </p>
4274 <blockquote class="text">
4275 <p>
4276 </p>
4277 </blockquote><p>
4278
4279 </p>
4280 <a name="GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL"></a><br /><hr />
4281 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4282 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.13"></a><h3>6.4.13.&nbsp;
4283 Current fill state of disk stream buffers</h3>
4284
4285 <p>The front-end can ask for the current fill state of all disk streams
4286 on a sampler channel by sending the following command:
4287 </p>
4288 <p>
4289 </p>
4290 <blockquote class="text">
4291 <p>GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL BYTES &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
4292 </p>
4293 </blockquote><p>
4294
4295 </p>
4296 <p>to get the fill state in bytes or
4297 </p>
4298 <p>
4299 </p>
4300 <blockquote class="text">
4301 <p>GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL PERCENTAGE &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
4302 </p>
4303 </blockquote><p>
4304
4305 </p>
4306 <p>to get the fill state in percent, where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the
4307 sampler channel number the front-end is interested in
4308 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
4309 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command.
4310 </p>
4311 <p>Possible Answers:
4312 </p>
4313 <p>
4314 </p>
4315 <blockquote class="text">
4316 <p>LinuxSampler will either answer by returning a comma separated
4317 string with the fill state of all disk stream buffers on that
4318 channel or an empty line if there are no active disk streams or
4319 "NA" for *not available* in case the engine which is deployed
4320 doesn't support disk streaming. Each entry in the answer list
4321 will begin with the stream's ID in brackets followed by the
4322 numerical representation of the fill size (either in bytes or
4323 percentage). Note: due to efficiency reasons the fill states in
4324 the response are not in particular order, thus the front-end has
4325 to sort them by itself if necessary.
4326 </p>
4327 </blockquote><p>
4328
4329 </p>
4330 <p>Examples:
4331 </p>
4332 <p>
4333 </p>
4334 <blockquote class="text">
4335 <p>C: "GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL BYTES 4"
4336 </p>
4337 <p>S: "[115]420500,[116]510300,[75]110000,[120]230700"
4338 </p>
4339 </blockquote><p>
4340
4341 </p>
4342 <blockquote class="text">
4343 <p>C: "GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL PERCENTAGE 4"
4344 </p>
4345 <p>S: "[115]90%,[116]98%,[75]40%,[120]62%"
4346 </p>
4347 </blockquote><p>
4348
4349 </p>
4350 <blockquote class="text">
4351 <p>C: "GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL PERCENTAGE 4"
4352 </p>
4353 <p>S: ""
4354 </p>
4355 </blockquote><p>
4356
4357 </p>
4358 <a name="SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"></a><br /><hr />
4359 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4360 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.14"></a><h3>6.4.14.&nbsp;
4361 Setting audio output device</h3>
4362
4363 <p>The front-end can set the audio output device on a specific sampler
4364 channel by sending the following command:
4365 </p>
4366 <p>
4367 </p>
4368 <blockquote class="text">
4369 <p>SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;audio-device-id&gt;
4370 </p>
4371 </blockquote><p>
4372
4373 </p>
4374 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel
4375 number as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
4376 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command and
4377 &lt;audio-device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the audio output device as given by the
4378 <a class='info' href='#CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating an audio output device</span><span>)</span></a>
4379 or <a class='info' href='#LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created audio output device list</span><span>)</span></a>
4380 command.
4381 </p>
4382 <p>Possible Answers:
4383 </p>
4384 <p>
4385 </p>
4386 <blockquote class="text">
4387 <p>"OK" -
4388 </p>
4389 <blockquote class="text">
4390 <p>on success
4391 </p>
4392 </blockquote>
4393
4394
4395 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
4396 </p>
4397 <blockquote class="text">
4398 <p>if audio output device was set, but there are noteworthy
4399 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4400 warning message
4401 </p>
4402 </blockquote>
4403
4404
4405 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4406 </p>
4407 <blockquote class="text">
4408 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
4409 </p>
4410 </blockquote>
4411
4412
4413 </blockquote><p>
4414
4415 </p>
4416 <p>Examples:
4417 </p>
4418 <p>
4419 </p>
4420 <blockquote class="text">
4421 <p>
4422 </p>
4423 </blockquote><p>
4424
4425 </p>
4426 <a name="SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_TYPE"></a><br /><hr />
4427 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4428 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.15"></a><h3>6.4.15.&nbsp;
4429 Setting audio output type</h3>
4430
4431 <p>DEPRECATED: THIS COMMAND WILL DISAPPEAR SOON!
4432 </p>
4433 <p>The front-end can alter the audio output type on a specific sampler
4434 channel by sending the following command:
4435 </p>
4436 <p>
4437 </p>
4438 <blockquote class="text">
4439 <p>SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_TYPE &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;audio-output-type&gt;
4440 </p>
4441 </blockquote><p>
4442
4443 </p>
4444 <p>Where &lt;audio-output-type&gt; is currently either "ALSA" or "JACK" and
4445 &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel number.
4446 </p>
4447 <p>Possible Answers:
4448 </p>
4449 <p>
4450 </p>
4451 <blockquote class="text">
4452 <p>"OK" -
4453 </p>
4454 <blockquote class="text">
4455 <p>on success
4456 </p>
4457 </blockquote>
4458
4459
4460 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
4461 </p>
4462 <blockquote class="text">
4463 <p>if audio output type was set, but there are noteworthy
4464 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4465 warning message
4466 </p>
4467 </blockquote>
4468
4469
4470 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4471 </p>
4472 <blockquote class="text">
4473 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
4474 </p>
4475 </blockquote>
4476
4477
4478 </blockquote><p>
4479
4480 </p>
4481 <p>Examples:
4482 </p>
4483 <p>
4484 </p>
4485 <blockquote class="text">
4486 <p>
4487 </p>
4488 </blockquote><p>
4489
4490 </p>
4491 <a name="SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL"></a><br /><hr />
4492 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4493 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.16"></a><h3>6.4.16.&nbsp;
4494 Setting audio output channel</h3>
4495
4496 <p>The front-end can alter the audio output channel on a specific
4497 sampler channel by sending the following command:
4498 </p>
4499 <p>
4500 </p>
4501 <blockquote class="text">
4502 <p>SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL &lt;sampler-chan&gt; &lt;audio-out&gt; &lt;audio-in&gt;
4503 </p>
4504 </blockquote><p>
4505
4506 </p>
4507 <p>Where &lt;sampler-chan&gt; is the sampler channel number
4508 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
4509 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command, &lt;audio-out&gt; is the
4510 numerical ID of the sampler channel's audio output channel which should be
4511 rerouted and &lt;audio-in&gt; is the numerical ID of the audio channel of the selected audio
4512 output device where &lt;audio-out&gt; should be routed to.
4513 </p>
4514 <p>Possible Answers:
4515 </p>
4516 <p>
4517 </p>
4518 <blockquote class="text">
4519 <p>"OK" -
4520 </p>
4521 <blockquote class="text">
4522 <p>on success
4523 </p>
4524 </blockquote>
4525
4526
4527 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
4528 </p>
4529 <blockquote class="text">
4530 <p>if audio output channel was set, but there are noteworthy
4531 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4532 warning message
4533 </p>
4534 </blockquote>
4535
4536
4537 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4538 </p>
4539 <blockquote class="text">
4540 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
4541 </p>
4542 </blockquote>
4543
4544
4545 </blockquote><p>
4546
4547 </p>
4548 <p>Examples:
4549 </p>
4550 <p>
4551 </p>
4552 <blockquote class="text">
4553 <p>
4554 </p>
4555 </blockquote><p>
4556
4557 </p>
4558 <a name="SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"></a><br /><hr />
4559 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4560 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.17"></a><h3>6.4.17.&nbsp;
4561 Setting MIDI input device</h3>
4562
4563 <p>The front-end can set the MIDI input device on a specific sampler
4564 channel by sending the following command:
4565 </p>
4566 <p>
4567 </p>
4568 <blockquote class="text">
4569 <p>SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;midi-device-id&gt;
4570 </p>
4571 </blockquote><p>
4572
4573 </p>
4574 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the sampler channel number
4575 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
4576 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command
4577 and &lt;midi-device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the MIDI input device as returned by the
4578 <a class='info' href='#CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating a MIDI input device</span><span>)</span></a>
4579 or <a class='info' href='#LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created MIDI input device list</span><span>)</span></a> command.
4580 </p>
4581 <p>Possible Answers:
4582 </p>
4583 <p>
4584 </p>
4585 <blockquote class="text">
4586 <p>"OK" -
4587 </p>
4588 <blockquote class="text">
4589 <p>on success
4590 </p>
4591 </blockquote>
4592
4593
4594 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
4595 </p>
4596 <blockquote class="text">
4597 <p>if MIDI input device was set, but there are noteworthy
4598 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4599 warning message
4600 </p>
4601 </blockquote>
4602
4603
4604 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4605 </p>
4606 <blockquote class="text">
4607 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
4608 </p>
4609 </blockquote>
4610
4611
4612 </blockquote><p>
4613
4614 </p>
4615 <p>Examples:
4616 </p>
4617 <p>
4618 </p>
4619 <blockquote class="text">
4620 <p>
4621 </p>
4622 </blockquote><p>
4623
4624 </p>
4625 <a name="SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_TYPE"></a><br /><hr />
4626 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4627 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.18"></a><h3>6.4.18.&nbsp;
4628 Setting MIDI input type</h3>
4629
4630 <p>DEPRECATED: THIS COMMAND WILL DISAPPEAR SOON!
4631 </p>
4632 <p>The front-end can alter the MIDI input type on a specific sampler
4633 channel by sending the following command:
4634 </p>
4635 <p>
4636 </p>
4637 <blockquote class="text">
4638 <p>SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_TYPE &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;midi-input-type&gt;
4639 </p>
4640 </blockquote><p>
4641
4642 </p>
4643 <p>Where &lt;midi-input-type&gt; is currently only "ALSA" and
4644 &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel number.
4645 </p>
4646 <p>Possible Answers:
4647 </p>
4648 <p>
4649 </p>
4650 <blockquote class="text">
4651 <p>"OK" -
4652 </p>
4653 <blockquote class="text">
4654 <p>on success
4655 </p>
4656 </blockquote>
4657
4658
4659 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
4660 </p>
4661 <blockquote class="text">
4662 <p>if MIDI input type was set, but there are noteworthy
4663 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4664 warning message
4665 </p>
4666 </blockquote>
4667
4668
4669 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4670 </p>
4671 <blockquote class="text">
4672 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
4673 </p>
4674 </blockquote>
4675
4676
4677 </blockquote><p>
4678
4679 </p>
4680 <p>Examples:
4681 </p>
4682 <p>
4683 </p>
4684 <blockquote class="text">
4685 <p>
4686 </p>
4687 </blockquote><p>
4688
4689 </p>
4690 <a name="SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_PORT"></a><br /><hr />
4691 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4692 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.19"></a><h3>6.4.19.&nbsp;
4693 Setting MIDI input port</h3>
4694
4695 <p>The front-end can alter the MIDI input port on a specific sampler
4696 channel by sending the following command:
4697 </p>
4698 <p>
4699 </p>
4700 <blockquote class="text">
4701 <p>SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_PORT &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;midi-input-port&gt;
4702 </p>
4703 </blockquote><p>
4704
4705 </p>
4706 <p>Where &lt;midi-input-port&gt; is a MIDI input port number of the
4707 MIDI input device connected to the sampler channel given by
4708 &lt;sampler-channel&gt;.
4709 </p>
4710 <p>Possible Answers:
4711 </p>
4712 <p>
4713 </p>
4714 <blockquote class="text">
4715 <p>"OK" -
4716 </p>
4717 <blockquote class="text">
4718 <p>on success
4719 </p>
4720 </blockquote>
4721
4722
4723 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
4724 </p>
4725 <blockquote class="text">
4726 <p>if MIDI input port was set, but there are noteworthy
4727 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4728 warning message
4729 </p>
4730 </blockquote>
4731
4732
4733 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4734 </p>
4735 <blockquote class="text">
4736 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
4737 </p>
4738 </blockquote>
4739
4740
4741 </blockquote><p>
4742
4743 </p>
4744 <p>Examples:
4745 </p>
4746 <p>
4747 </p>
4748 <blockquote class="text">
4749 <p>
4750 </p>
4751 </blockquote><p>
4752
4753 </p>
4754 <a name="SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL"></a><br /><hr />
4755 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4756 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.20"></a><h3>6.4.20.&nbsp;
4757 Setting MIDI input channel</h3>
4758
4759 <p>The front-end can alter the MIDI channel a sampler channel should
4760 listen to by sending the following command:
4761 </p>
4762 <p>
4763 </p>
4764 <blockquote class="text">
4765 <p>SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;midi-input-chan&gt;
4766 </p>
4767 </blockquote><p>
4768
4769 </p>
4770 <p>Where &lt;midi-input-chan&gt; is the number of the new MIDI input channel where
4771 &lt;sampler-channel&gt; should listen to or "ALL" to listen on all 16 MIDI
4772 channels.
4773 </p>
4774 <p>Possible Answers:
4775 </p>
4776 <p>
4777 </p>
4778 <blockquote class="text">
4779 <p>"OK" -
4780 </p>
4781 <blockquote class="text">
4782 <p>on success
4783 </p>
4784 </blockquote>
4785
4786
4787 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
4788 </p>
4789 <blockquote class="text">
4790 <p>if MIDI input channel was set, but there are noteworthy
4791 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4792 warning message
4793 </p>
4794 </blockquote>
4795
4796
4797 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4798 </p>
4799 <blockquote class="text">
4800 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
4801 </p>
4802 </blockquote>
4803
4804
4805 </blockquote><p>
4806
4807 </p>
4808 <p>Examples:
4809 </p>
4810 <p>
4811 </p>
4812 <blockquote class="text">
4813 <p>
4814 </p>
4815 </blockquote><p>
4816
4817 </p>
4818 <a name="SET CHANNEL VOLUME"></a><br /><hr />
4819 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4820 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.21"></a><h3>6.4.21.&nbsp;
4821 Setting channel volume</h3>
4822
4823 <p>The front-end can alter the volume of a sampler channel by sending
4824 the following command:
4825 </p>
4826 <p>
4827 </p>
4828 <blockquote class="text">
4829 <p>SET CHANNEL VOLUME &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;volume&gt;
4830 </p>
4831 </blockquote><p>
4832
4833 </p>
4834 <p>Where &lt;volume&gt; is an optionally dotted positive number (a value
4835 smaller than 1.0 means attenuation, whereas a value greater than
4836 1.0 means amplification) and &lt;sampler-channel&gt; defines the sampler
4837 channel where this volume factor should be set.
4838 </p>
4839 <p>Possible Answers:
4840 </p>
4841 <p>
4842 </p>
4843 <blockquote class="text">
4844 <p>"OK" -
4845 </p>
4846 <blockquote class="text">
4847 <p>on success
4848 </p>
4849 </blockquote>
4850
4851
4852 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
4853 </p>
4854 <blockquote class="text">
4855 <p>if channel volume was set, but there are noteworthy
4856 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4857 warning message
4858 </p>
4859 </blockquote>
4860
4861
4862 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4863 </p>
4864 <blockquote class="text">
4865 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
4866 </p>
4867 </blockquote>
4868
4869
4870 </blockquote><p>
4871
4872 </p>
4873 <p>Examples:
4874 </p>
4875 <p>
4876 </p>
4877 <blockquote class="text">
4878 <p>
4879 </p>
4880 </blockquote><p>
4881
4882 </p>
4883 <a name="SET CHANNEL MUTE"></a><br /><hr />
4884 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4885 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.22"></a><h3>6.4.22.&nbsp;
4886 Muting a sampler channel</h3>
4887
4888 <p>The front-end can mute/unmute a specific sampler
4889 channel by sending the following command:
4890 </p>
4891 <p>
4892 </p>
4893 <blockquote class="text">
4894 <p>SET CHANNEL MUTE &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;mute&gt;
4895 </p>
4896 </blockquote><p>
4897
4898 </p>
4899 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel
4900 number as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
4901 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command and
4902 &lt;mute&gt; should be replaced either by "1" to mute the channel or "0"
4903 to unmute the channel.
4904 </p>
4905 <p>Possible Answers:
4906 </p>
4907 <p>
4908 </p>
4909 <blockquote class="text">
4910 <p>"OK" -
4911 </p>
4912 <blockquote class="text">
4913 <p>on success
4914 </p>
4915 </blockquote>
4916
4917
4918 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
4919 </p>
4920 <blockquote class="text">
4921 <p>if the channel was muted/unmuted, but there are noteworthy
4922 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4923 warning message
4924 </p>
4925 </blockquote>
4926
4927
4928 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4929 </p>
4930 <blockquote class="text">
4931 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
4932 </p>
4933 </blockquote>
4934
4935
4936 </blockquote><p>
4937
4938 </p>
4939 <p>Examples:
4940 </p>
4941 <p>
4942 </p>
4943 <blockquote class="text">
4944 <p>
4945 </p>
4946 </blockquote><p>
4947
4948 </p>
4949 <a name="SET CHANNEL SOLO"></a><br /><hr />
4950 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4951 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.23"></a><h3>6.4.23.&nbsp;
4952 Soloing a sampler channel</h3>
4953
4954 <p>The front-end can solo/unsolo a specific sampler channel
4955 by sending the following command:
4956 </p>
4957 <p>
4958 </p>
4959 <blockquote class="text">
4960 <p>SET CHANNEL SOLO &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;solo&gt;
4961 </p>
4962 </blockquote><p>
4963
4964 </p>
4965 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel
4966 number as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
4967 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command and
4968 &lt;solo&gt; should be replaced either by "1" to solo the channel or "0"
4969 to unsolo the channel.
4970 </p>
4971 <p>Possible Answers:
4972 </p>
4973 <p>
4974 </p>
4975 <blockquote class="text">
4976 <p>"OK" -
4977 </p>
4978 <blockquote class="text">
4979 <p>on success
4980 </p>
4981 </blockquote>
4982
4983
4984 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
4985 </p>
4986 <blockquote class="text">
4987 <p>if the channel was soloed/unsoloed, but there are noteworthy
4988 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4989 warning message
4990 </p>
4991 </blockquote>
4992
4993
4994 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4995 </p>
4996 <blockquote class="text">
4997 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
4998 </p>
4999 </blockquote>
5000
5001
5002 </blockquote><p>
5003
5004 </p>
5005 <p>Examples:
5006 </p>
5007 <p>
5008 </p>
5009 <blockquote class="text">
5010 <p>
5011 </p>
5012 </blockquote><p>
5013
5014 </p>
5015 <a name="SET CHANNEL MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP"></a><br /><hr />
5016 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5017 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.24"></a><h3>6.4.24.&nbsp;
5018 Assigning a MIDI instrument map to a sampler channel</h3>
5019
5020 <p>The front-end can assign a MIDI instrument map to a specific sampler channel
5021 by sending the following command:
5022 </p>
5023 <p>
5024 </p>
5025 <blockquote class="text">
5026 <p>SET CHANNEL MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;map&gt;
5027 </p>
5028 </blockquote><p>
5029
5030 </p>
5031 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel
5032 number as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5033 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command and
5034 &lt;map&gt; can have the following possibilites:
5035 </p>
5036 <p>
5037 </p>
5038 <blockquote class="text">
5039 <p>"NONE" -
5040 </p>
5041 <blockquote class="text">
5042 <p>This is the default setting. In this case
5043 the sampler channel is not assigned any MIDI
5044 instrument map and thus will ignore all MIDI
5045 program change messages.
5046 </p>
5047 </blockquote>
5048
5049
5050 <p>"DEFAULT" -
5051 </p>
5052 <blockquote class="text">
5053 <p>The sampler channel will always use the
5054 default MIDI instrument map to handle MIDI
5055 program change messages.
5056 </p>
5057 </blockquote>
5058
5059
5060 <p>numeric ID -
5061 </p>
5062 <blockquote class="text">
5063 <p>You can assign a specific MIDI instrument map
5064 by replacing &lt;map&gt; with the respective numeric
5065 ID of the MIDI instrument map as returned by the
5066 <a class='info' href='#LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS'>"LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created MIDI instrument maps</span><span>)</span></a>
5067 command. Once that map will be deleted, the sampler
5068 channel would fall back to "NONE".
5069 </p>
5070 </blockquote>
5071
5072
5073 </blockquote><p>
5074
5075 </p>
5076 <p>Read chapter <a class='info' href='#MIDI Instrument Mapping'>"MIDI Instrument Mapping"<span> (</span><span class='info'>MIDI Instrument Mapping</span><span>)</span></a>
5077 for details regarding MIDI instrument mapping.
5078 </p>
5079 <p>Possible Answers:
5080 </p>
5081 <p>
5082 </p>
5083 <blockquote class="text">
5084 <p>"OK" -
5085 </p>
5086 <blockquote class="text">
5087 <p>on success
5088 </p>
5089 </blockquote>
5090
5091
5092 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5093 </p>
5094 <blockquote class="text">
5095 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
5096 </p>
5097 </blockquote>
5098
5099
5100 </blockquote><p>
5101
5102 </p>
5103 <p>Examples:
5104 </p>
5105 <p>
5106 </p>
5107 <blockquote class="text">
5108 <p>
5109 </p>
5110 </blockquote><p>
5111
5112 </p>
5113 <a name="CREATE FX_SEND"></a><br /><hr />
5114 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5115 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.25"></a><h3>6.4.25.&nbsp;
5116 Adding an effect send to a sampler channel</h3>
5117
5118 <p>The front-end can create an additional effect send on a specific sampler channel
5119 by sending the following command:
5120 </p>
5121 <p>
5122 </p>
5123 <blockquote class="text">
5124 <p>CREATE FX_SEND &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;midi-ctrl&gt; [&lt;name&gt;]
5125 </p>
5126 </blockquote><p>
5127
5128 </p>
5129 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel
5130 number as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5131 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command, that is the
5132 sampler channel on which the effect send should be created on, &lt;midi-ctrl&gt;
5133 is a number between 0..127 defining the MIDI controller which can alter the
5134 effect send level and &lt;name&gt; is an optional argument defining a name
5135 for the effect send entity. The name does not have to be unique, but MUST be
5136 encapsulated into apostrophes and supports escape sequences as described in chapter
5137 "<a class='info' href='#character_set'>Character Set and Escape Sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>".
5138 </p>
5139 <p>By default, that is as initial routing, the effect send's audio channels
5140 are automatically routed to the last audio channels of the sampler channel's
5141 audio output device, that way you can i.e. first increase the amount of audio
5142 channels on the audio output device for having dedicated effect send output
5143 channels and when "CREATE FX_SEND" is called, those channels will automatically
5144 be picked. You can alter the destination channels however with
5145 <a class='info' href='#SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL'>"SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Altering effect send's audio routing</span><span>)</span></a>.
5146
5147 </p>
5148 <p>Note: Create effect sends on a sampler channel only when needed, because having effect
5149 sends on a sampler channel will decrease runtime performance, because for implementing channel
5150 effect sends, separate (sampler channel local) audio buffers are needed to render and mix
5151 the voices and route the audio signal afterwards to the master outputs and effect send
5152 outputs (along with their respective effect send levels). A sampler channel without effect
5153 sends however can mix its voices directly into the audio output devices's audio buffers
5154 and is thus faster.
5155
5156 </p>
5157 <p>Possible Answers:
5158 </p>
5159 <p>
5160 </p>
5161 <blockquote class="text">
5162 <p>"OK[&lt;fx-send-id&gt;]" -
5163 </p>
5164 <blockquote class="text">
5165 <p>in case a new effect send could be added to the
5166 sampler channel, where &lt;fx-send-id&gt; reflects the
5167 unique ID of the newly created effect send entity
5168 </p>
5169 </blockquote>
5170
5171
5172 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5173 </p>
5174 <blockquote class="text">
5175 <p>when a new effect send could not be added, i.e.
5176 due to invalid parameters
5177 </p>
5178 </blockquote>
5179
5180
5181 </blockquote><p>
5182
5183 </p>
5184 <p>Examples:
5185 </p>
5186 <p>
5187 </p>
5188 <blockquote class="text">
5189 <p>C: "CREATE FX_SEND 0 91 'Reverb Send'"
5190 </p>
5191 <p>S: "OK[0]"
5192 </p>
5193 </blockquote><p>
5194
5195 </p>
5196 <p>
5197 </p>
5198 <blockquote class="text">
5199 <p>C: "CREATE FX_SEND 0 93"
5200 </p>
5201 <p>S: "OK[1]"
5202 </p>
5203 </blockquote><p>
5204
5205 </p>
5206 <a name="DESTROY FX_SEND"></a><br /><hr />
5207 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5208 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.26"></a><h3>6.4.26.&nbsp;
5209 Removing an effect send from a sampler channel</h3>
5210
5211 <p>The front-end can remove an existing effect send on a specific sampler channel
5212 by sending the following command:
5213 </p>
5214 <p>
5215 </p>
5216 <blockquote class="text">
5217 <p>DESTROY FX_SEND &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;fx-send-id&gt;
5218 </p>
5219 </blockquote><p>
5220
5221 </p>
5222 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel
5223 number as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5224 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command, that is the
5225 sampler channel from which the effect send should be removed from and
5226 &lt;fx-send-id&gt; is the respective effect send number as returned by the
5227 <a class='info' href='#CREATE FX_SEND'>"CREATE FX_SEND"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding an effect send to a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5228 or <a class='info' href='#LIST FX_SENDS'>"LIST FX_SENDS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Listing all effect sends on a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a> command.
5229 </p>
5230 <p>Possible Answers:
5231 </p>
5232 <p>
5233 </p>
5234 <blockquote class="text">
5235 <p>"OK" -
5236 </p>
5237 <blockquote class="text">
5238 <p>on success
5239 </p>
5240 </blockquote>
5241
5242
5243 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5244 </p>
5245 <blockquote class="text">
5246 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
5247 error message
5248 </p>
5249 </blockquote>
5250
5251
5252 </blockquote><p>
5253
5254 </p>
5255 <p>Example:
5256 </p>
5257 <p>
5258 </p>
5259 <blockquote class="text">
5260 <p>C: "DESTROY FX_SEND 0 0"
5261 </p>
5262 <p>S: "OK"
5263 </p>
5264 </blockquote><p>
5265
5266 </p>
5267 <a name="GET FX_SENDS"></a><br /><hr />
5268 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5269 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.27"></a><h3>6.4.27.&nbsp;
5270 Getting amount of effect sends on a sampler channel</h3>
5271
5272 <p>The front-end can ask for the amount of effect sends on a specific sampler channel
5273 by sending the following command:
5274 </p>
5275 <p>
5276 </p>
5277 <blockquote class="text">
5278 <p>GET FX_SENDS &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
5279 </p>
5280 </blockquote><p>
5281
5282 </p>
5283 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel
5284 number as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5285 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command.
5286 </p>
5287 <p>Possible Answers:
5288 </p>
5289 <p>
5290 </p>
5291 <blockquote class="text">
5292 <p>The sampler will answer by returning the number of effect
5293 sends on the given sampler channel.
5294 </p>
5295 </blockquote><p>
5296
5297 </p>
5298 <p>Example:
5299 </p>
5300 <p>
5301 </p>
5302 <blockquote class="text">
5303 <p>C: "GET FX_SENDS 0"
5304 </p>
5305 <p>S: "2"
5306 </p>
5307 </blockquote><p>
5308
5309 </p>
5310 <a name="LIST FX_SENDS"></a><br /><hr />
5311 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5312 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.28"></a><h3>6.4.28.&nbsp;
5313 Listing all effect sends on a sampler channel</h3>
5314
5315 <p>The front-end can ask for a list of effect sends on a specific sampler channel
5316 by sending the following command:
5317 </p>
5318 <p>
5319 </p>
5320 <blockquote class="text">
5321 <p>LIST FX_SENDS &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
5322 </p>
5323 </blockquote><p>
5324
5325 </p>
5326 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel
5327 number as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5328 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command.
5329 </p>
5330 <p>Possible Answers:
5331 </p>
5332 <p>
5333 </p>
5334 <blockquote class="text">
5335 <p>The sampler will answer by returning a comma separated list
5336 with all effect sends' numerical IDs on the given sampler
5337 channel.
5338 </p>
5339 </blockquote><p>
5340
5341 </p>
5342 <p>Examples:
5343 </p>
5344 <p>
5345 </p>
5346 <blockquote class="text">
5347 <p>C: "LIST FX_SENDS 0"
5348 </p>
5349 <p>S: "0,1"
5350 </p>
5351 </blockquote><p>
5352
5353 </p>
5354 <p>
5355 </p>
5356 <blockquote class="text">
5357 <p>C: "LIST FX_SENDS 1"
5358 </p>
5359 <p>S: ""
5360 </p>
5361 </blockquote><p>
5362
5363 </p>
5364 <a name="GET FX_SEND INFO"></a><br /><hr />
5365 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5366 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.29"></a><h3>6.4.29.&nbsp;
5367 Getting effect send information</h3>
5368
5369 <p>The front-end can ask for the current settings of an effect send entity
5370 by sending the following command:
5371 </p>
5372 <p>
5373 </p>
5374 <blockquote class="text">
5375 <p>GET FX_SEND INFO &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;fx-send-id&gt;
5376 </p>
5377 </blockquote><p>
5378
5379 </p>
5380 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the sampler channel number
5381 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5382 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command and
5383 &lt;fx-send-id&gt; reflects the numerical ID of the effect send entity
5384 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#CREATE FX_SEND'>"CREATE FX_SEND"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding an effect send to a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5385 or <a class='info' href='#LIST FX_SENDS'>"LIST FX_SENDS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Listing all effect sends on a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a> command.
5386
5387 </p>
5388 <p>Possible Answers:
5389 </p>
5390 <p>
5391 </p>
5392 <blockquote class="text">
5393 <p>The sampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
5394 Each answer line begins with the settings category name
5395 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
5396 the info character string to that setting category. At the
5397 moment the following categories are defined:
5398 </p>
5399 <p>
5400 </p>
5401 <blockquote class="text">
5402 <p>NAME -
5403 </p>
5404 <blockquote class="text">
5405 <p>name of the effect send entity
5406 (note that this character string may contain
5407 <a class='info' href='#character_set'>escape sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>)
5408 </p>
5409 </blockquote>
5410
5411
5412 <p>MIDI_CONTROLLER -
5413 </p>
5414 <blockquote class="text">
5415 <p>a value between 0 and 127 reflecting the MIDI controller
5416 which is able to modify the effect send's send level
5417 </p>
5418 </blockquote>
5419
5420
5421 <p>LEVEL -
5422 </p>
5423 <blockquote class="text">
5424 <p>optionally dotted number reflecting the effect send's
5425 current send level (where a value &lt; 1.0 means attenuation
5426 and a value > 1.0 means amplification)
5427 </p>
5428 </blockquote>
5429
5430
5431 <p>AUDIO_OUTPUT_ROUTING -
5432 </p>
5433 <blockquote class="text">
5434 <p>comma separated list which reflects to which audio
5435 channel of the selected audio output device each
5436 effect send output channel is routed to, e.g. "0,3" would
5437 mean the effect send's output channel 0 is routed to channel
5438 0 of the audio output device and the effect send's output
5439 channel 1 is routed to the channel 3 of the audio
5440 output device (see
5441 <a class='info' href='#SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL'>"SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Altering effect send's audio routing</span><span>)</span></a>
5442 for details)
5443 </p>
5444 </blockquote>
5445
5446
5447 </blockquote>
5448
5449
5450 </blockquote><p>
5451
5452 </p>
5453 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
5454 </p>
5455 <p>Example:
5456 </p>
5457 <p>
5458 </p>
5459 <blockquote class="text">
5460 <p>C: "GET FX_SEND INFO 0 0"
5461 </p>
5462 <p>S: "NAME: Reverb Send"
5463 </p>
5464 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MIDI_CONTROLLER: 91"
5465 </p>
5466 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"LEVEL: 0.3"
5467 </p>
5468 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"AUDIO_OUTPUT_ROUTING: 2,3"
5469 </p>
5470 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
5471 </p>
5472 </blockquote><p>
5473
5474 </p>
5475 <a name="SET FX_SEND NAME"></a><br /><hr />
5476 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5477 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.30"></a><h3>6.4.30.&nbsp;
5478 Changing effect send's name</h3>
5479
5480 <p>The front-end can alter the current name of an effect
5481 send entity by sending the following command:
5482 </p>
5483 <p>
5484 </p>
5485 <blockquote class="text">
5486 <p>SET FX_SEND NAME &lt;sampler-chan&gt; &lt;fx-send-id&gt; &lt;name&gt;
5487 </p>
5488 </blockquote><p>
5489
5490 </p>
5491 <p>Where &lt;sampler-chan&gt; is the sampler channel number
5492 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5493 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command,
5494 &lt;fx-send-id&gt; reflects the numerical ID of the effect send entity
5495 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#CREATE FX_SEND'>"CREATE FX_SEND"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding an effect send to a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5496 or <a class='info' href='#LIST FX_SENDS'>"LIST FX_SENDS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Listing all effect sends on a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a> command and
5497 &lt;name&gt; is the new name of the effect send entity, which
5498 does not have to be unique (name MUST be encapsulated into apostrophes
5499 and supports escape sequences as described in chapter
5500 "<a class='info' href='#character_set'>Character Set and Escape Sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>").
5501
5502 </p>
5503 <p>Possible Answers:
5504 </p>
5505 <p>
5506 </p>
5507 <blockquote class="text">
5508 <p>"OK" -
5509 </p>
5510 <blockquote class="text">
5511 <p>on success
5512 </p>
5513 </blockquote>
5514
5515
5516 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5517 </p>
5518 <blockquote class="text">
5519 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
5520 </p>
5521 </blockquote>
5522
5523
5524 </blockquote><p>
5525
5526 </p>
5527 <p>Example:
5528 </p>
5529 <p>
5530 </p>
5531 <blockquote class="text">
5532 <p>C: "SET FX_SEND NAME 0 0 'Fx Send 1'"
5533 </p>
5534 <p>S: "OK"
5535 </p>
5536 </blockquote><p>
5537
5538 </p>
5539 <a name="SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL"></a><br /><hr />
5540 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5541 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.31"></a><h3>6.4.31.&nbsp;
5542 Altering effect send's audio routing</h3>
5543
5544 <p>The front-end can alter the destination of an effect send's audio channel on a specific
5545 sampler channel by sending the following command:
5546 </p>
5547 <p>
5548 </p>
5549 <blockquote class="text">
5550 <p>SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL &lt;sampler-chan&gt; &lt;fx-send-id&gt; &lt;audio-src&gt; &lt;audio-dst&gt;
5551 </p>
5552 </blockquote><p>
5553
5554 </p>
5555 <p>Where &lt;sampler-chan&gt; is the sampler channel number
5556 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5557 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command,
5558 &lt;fx-send-id&gt; reflects the numerical ID of the effect send entity
5559 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#CREATE FX_SEND'>"CREATE FX_SEND"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding an effect send to a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5560 or <a class='info' href='#LIST FX_SENDS'>"LIST FX_SENDS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Listing all effect sends on a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a> command,
5561 &lt;audio-src&gt; is the numerical ID of the effect send's audio channel
5562 which should be rerouted and &lt;audio-dst&gt; is the numerical ID of
5563 the audio channel of the selected audio output device where &lt;audio-src&gt;
5564 should be routed to.
5565 </p>
5566 <p>Note that effect sends can only route audio to the same audio output
5567 device as assigned to the effect send's sampler channel. Also note that an
5568 effect send entity does always have exactly as much audio channels as its
5569 sampler channel. So if the sampler channel is stereo, the effect send does
5570 have two audio channels as well. Also keep in mind that the amount of audio
5571 channels on a sampler channel might be dependant not only to the deployed
5572 sampler engine on the sampler channel, but also dependant to the instrument
5573 currently loaded. However you can (effectively) turn an i.e. stereo effect
5574 send into a mono one by simply altering its audio routing appropriately.
5575 </p>
5576 <p>Possible Answers:
5577 </p>
5578 <p>
5579 </p>
5580 <blockquote class="text">
5581 <p>"OK" -
5582 </p>
5583 <blockquote class="text">
5584 <p>on success
5585 </p>
5586 </blockquote>
5587
5588
5589 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
5590 </p>
5591 <blockquote class="text">
5592 <p>if audio output channel was set, but there are noteworthy
5593 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
5594 warning message
5595 </p>
5596 </blockquote>
5597
5598
5599 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5600 </p>
5601 <blockquote class="text">
5602 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
5603 </p>
5604 </blockquote>
5605
5606
5607 </blockquote><p>
5608
5609 </p>
5610 <p>Example:
5611 </p>
5612 <p>
5613 </p>
5614 <blockquote class="text">
5615 <p>C: "SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL 0 0 0 2"
5616 </p>
5617 <p>S: "OK"
5618 </p>
5619 </blockquote><p>
5620
5621 </p>
5622 <a name="SET FX_SEND MIDI_CONTROLLER"></a><br /><hr />
5623 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5624 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.32"></a><h3>6.4.32.&nbsp;
5625 Altering effect send's MIDI controller</h3>
5626
5627 <p>The front-end can alter the MIDI controller of an effect
5628 send entity by sending the following command:
5629 </p>
5630 <p>
5631 </p>
5632 <blockquote class="text">
5633 <p>SET FX_SEND MIDI_CONTROLLER &lt;sampler-chan&gt; &lt;fx-send-id&gt; &lt;midi-ctrl&gt;
5634 </p>
5635 </blockquote><p>
5636
5637 </p>
5638 <p>Where &lt;sampler-chan&gt; is the sampler channel number
5639 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5640 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command,
5641 &lt;fx-send-id&gt; reflects the numerical ID of the effect send entity
5642 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#CREATE FX_SEND'>"CREATE FX_SEND"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding an effect send to a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5643 or <a class='info' href='#LIST FX_SENDS'>"LIST FX_SENDS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Listing all effect sends on a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a> command and
5644 &lt;midi-ctrl&gt; reflects the MIDI controller which shall be
5645 able to modify the effect send's send level.
5646 </p>
5647 <p>Possible Answers:
5648 </p>
5649 <p>
5650 </p>
5651 <blockquote class="text">
5652 <p>"OK" -
5653 </p>
5654 <blockquote class="text">
5655 <p>on success
5656 </p>
5657 </blockquote>
5658
5659
5660 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
5661 </p>
5662 <blockquote class="text">
5663 <p>if MIDI controller was set, but there are noteworthy
5664 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
5665 warning message
5666 </p>
5667 </blockquote>
5668
5669
5670 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5671 </p>
5672 <blockquote class="text">
5673 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
5674 </p>
5675 </blockquote>
5676
5677
5678 </blockquote><p>
5679
5680 </p>
5681 <p>Example:
5682 </p>
5683 <p>
5684 </p>
5685 <blockquote class="text">
5686 <p>C: "SET FX_SEND MIDI_CONTROLLER 0 0 91"
5687 </p>
5688 <p>S: "OK"
5689 </p>
5690 </blockquote><p>
5691
5692 </p>
5693 <a name="SET FX_SEND LEVEL"></a><br /><hr />
5694 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5695 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.33"></a><h3>6.4.33.&nbsp;
5696 Altering effect send's send level</h3>
5697
5698 <p>The front-end can alter the current send level of an effect
5699 send entity by sending the following command:
5700 </p>
5701 <p>
5702 </p>
5703 <blockquote class="text">
5704 <p>SET FX_SEND LEVEL &lt;sampler-chan&gt; &lt;fx-send-id&gt; &lt;volume&gt;
5705 </p>
5706 </blockquote><p>
5707
5708 </p>
5709 <p>Where &lt;sampler-chan&gt; is the sampler channel number
5710 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5711 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command,
5712 &lt;fx-send-id&gt; reflects the numerical ID of the effect send entity
5713 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#CREATE FX_SEND'>"CREATE FX_SEND"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding an effect send to a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5714 or <a class='info' href='#LIST FX_SENDS'>"LIST FX_SENDS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Listing all effect sends on a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a> command and
5715 &lt;volume&gt; is an optionally dotted positive number (a value
5716 smaller than 1.0 means attenuation, whereas a value greater than
5717 1.0 means amplification) reflecting the new send level.
5718 </p>
5719 <p>Possible Answers:
5720 </p>
5721 <p>
5722 </p>
5723 <blockquote class="text">
5724 <p>"OK" -
5725 </p>
5726 <blockquote class="text">
5727 <p>on success
5728 </p>
5729 </blockquote>
5730
5731
5732 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
5733 </p>
5734 <blockquote class="text">
5735 <p>if new send level was set, but there are noteworthy
5736 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
5737 warning message
5738 </p>
5739 </blockquote>
5740
5741
5742 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5743 </p>
5744 <blockquote class="text">
5745 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
5746 </p>
5747 </blockquote>
5748
5749
5750 </blockquote><p>
5751
5752 </p>
5753 <p>Example:
5754 </p>
5755 <p>
5756 </p>
5757 <blockquote class="text">
5758 <p>C: "SET FX_SEND LEVEL 0 0 0.15"
5759 </p>
5760 <p>S: "OK"
5761 </p>
5762 </blockquote><p>
5763
5764 </p>
5765 <a name="SEND CHANNEL MIDI_DATA"></a><br /><hr />
5766 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5767 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.34"></a><h3>6.4.34.&nbsp;
5768 Sending MIDI messages to sampler channel</h3>
5769
5770 <p>The front-end can send MIDI events to a specific sampler channel
5771 by sending the following command:
5772 </p>
5773 <p>
5774 </p>
5775 <blockquote class="text">
5776 <p>SEND CHANNEL MIDI_DATA &lt;midi-msg&gt; &lt;sampler-chan&gt; &lt;arg1&gt; &lt;arg2&gt;
5777 </p>
5778 </blockquote><p>
5779
5780 </p>
5781 <p>Where &lt;sampler-chan&gt; is the sampler channel number
5782 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5783 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command,
5784 &lt;arg1&gt; and &lt;arg2&gt; arguments depend on the &lt;midi-msg&gt; argument, which
5785 specifies the MIDI message type. Currently, the following MIDI messages are supported:
5786 </p>
5787 <p>
5788 </p>
5789 <blockquote class="text">
5790 <p>"NOTE_ON" -
5791 </p>
5792 <blockquote class="text">
5793 <p>For turning on MIDI notes, where &lt;arg1&gt;
5794 specifies the key number and &lt;arg2&gt; the velocity
5795 as described in the MIDI specification.
5796 </p>
5797 </blockquote>
5798
5799
5800 <p>"NOTE_OFF" -
5801 </p>
5802 <blockquote class="text">
5803 <p>For turning a currently playing MIDI note off, where &lt;arg1&gt;
5804 specifies the key number and &lt;arg2&gt; the velocity
5805 as described in the MIDI specification.
5806 </p>
5807 </blockquote>
5808
5809
5810 <p>"CC" -
5811 </p>
5812 <blockquote class="text">
5813 <p>For changing a MIDI controller, where &lt;arg1&gt;
5814 specifies the controller number and &lt;arg2&gt; the
5815 new value of the controller as described in the Control
5816 Change section of the MIDI specification.
5817 </p>
5818 </blockquote>
5819
5820
5821 </blockquote><p>
5822
5823 </p>
5824 <p>CAUTION: This command is provided for implementations of virtual MIDI keyboards
5825 and no realtime guarantee whatsoever will be made!
5826 </p>
5827 <p>Possible Answers:
5828 </p>
5829 <p>
5830 </p>
5831 <blockquote class="text">
5832 <p>"OK" -
5833 </p>
5834 <blockquote class="text">
5835 <p>on success
5836 </p>
5837 </blockquote>
5838
5839
5840 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5841 </p>
5842 <blockquote class="text">
5843 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
5844 </p>
5845 </blockquote>
5846
5847
5848 </blockquote><p>
5849
5850 </p>
5851 <p>Example:
5852 </p>
5853 <p>
5854 </p>
5855 <blockquote class="text">
5856 <p>C: "SEND CHANNEL MIDI_DATA NOTE_ON 0 56 112"
5857 </p>
5858 <p>S: "OK"
5859 </p>
5860 </blockquote><p>
5861
5862 </p>
5863 <a name="RESET CHANNEL"></a><br /><hr />
5864 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5865 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.35"></a><h3>6.4.35.&nbsp;
5866 Resetting a sampler channel</h3>
5867
5868 <p>The front-end can reset a particular sampler channel by sending the following command:
5869 </p>
5870 <p>
5871 </p>
5872 <blockquote class="text">
5873 <p>RESET CHANNEL &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
5874 </p>
5875 </blockquote><p>
5876
5877 </p>
5878 <p>
5879 Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; defines the sampler channel to be reset.
5880 This will cause the engine on that sampler channel, its voices and
5881 eventually disk streams and all control and status variables to be
5882 reset.
5883 </p>
5884 <p>Possible Answers:
5885 </p>
5886 <p>
5887 </p>
5888 <blockquote class="text">
5889 <p>"OK" -
5890 </p>
5891 <blockquote class="text">
5892 <p>on success
5893 </p>
5894 </blockquote>
5895
5896
5897 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
5898 </p>
5899 <blockquote class="text">
5900 <p>if channel was reset, but there are noteworthy issue(s)
5901 related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
5902 message
5903 </p>
5904 </blockquote>
5905
5906
5907 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5908 </p>
5909 <blockquote class="text">
5910 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
5911 error message
5912 </p>
5913 </blockquote>
5914
5915
5916 </blockquote><p>
5917
5918 </p>
5919 <p>Examples:
5920 </p>
5921 <p>
5922 </p>
5923 <blockquote class="text">
5924 <p>
5925 </p>
5926 </blockquote><p>
5927
5928 </p>
5929 <a name="anchor12"></a><br /><hr />
5930 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5931 <a name="rfc.section.6.5"></a><h3>6.5.&nbsp;
5932 Controlling connection</h3>
5933
5934 <p>The following commands are used to control the connection to LinuxSampler.
5935 </p>
5936 <a name="SUBSCRIBE"></a><br /><hr />
5937 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5938 <a name="rfc.section.6.5.1"></a><h3>6.5.1.&nbsp;
5939 Register front-end for receiving event messages</h3>
5940
5941 <p>The front-end can register itself to the LinuxSampler application to
5942 be informed about noteworthy events by sending this command:
5943 </p>
5944 <p>
5945 </p>
5946 <blockquote class="text">
5947 <p>SUBSCRIBE &lt;event-id&gt;
5948 </p>
5949 </blockquote><p>
5950
5951 </p>
5952 <p>where &lt;event-id&gt; will be replaced by the respective event that
5953 client wants to subscribe to.
5954 </p>
5955 <p>Possible Answers:
5956 </p>
5957 <p>
5958 </p>
5959 <blockquote class="text">
5960 <p>"OK" -
5961 </p>
5962 <blockquote class="text">
5963 <p>on success
5964 </p>
5965 </blockquote>
5966
5967
5968 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
5969 </p>
5970 <blockquote class="text">
5971 <p>if registration succeeded, but there are noteworthy
5972 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
5973 warning message
5974 </p>
5975 </blockquote>
5976
5977
5978 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5979 </p>
5980 <blockquote class="text">
5981 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
5982 error message
5983 </p>
5984 </blockquote>
5985
5986
5987 </blockquote><p>
5988
5989 </p>
5990 <p>Examples:
5991 </p>
5992 <p>
5993 </p>
5994 <blockquote class="text">
5995 <p>
5996 </p>
5997 </blockquote><p>
5998
5999 </p>
6000 <a name="UNSUBSCRIBE"></a><br /><hr />
6001 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6002 <a name="rfc.section.6.5.2"></a><h3>6.5.2.&nbsp;
6003 Unregister front-end for not receiving event messages</h3>
6004
6005 <p>The front-end can unregister itself if it doesn't want to receive event
6006 messages anymore by sending the following command:
6007 </p>
6008 <p>
6009 </p>
6010 <blockquote class="text">
6011 <p>UNSUBSCRIBE &lt;event-id&gt;
6012 </p>
6013 </blockquote><p>
6014
6015 </p>
6016 <p>Where &lt;event-id&gt; will be replaced by the respective event that
6017 client doesn't want to receive anymore.
6018 </p>
6019 <p>Possible Answers:
6020 </p>
6021 <p>
6022 </p>
6023 <blockquote class="text">
6024 <p>"OK" -
6025 </p>
6026 <blockquote class="text">
6027 <p>on success
6028 </p>
6029 </blockquote>
6030
6031
6032 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
6033 </p>
6034 <blockquote class="text">
6035 <p>if unregistration succeeded, but there are noteworthy
6036 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
6037 warning message
6038 </p>
6039 </blockquote>
6040
6041
6042 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
6043 </p>
6044 <blockquote class="text">
6045 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
6046 error message
6047 </p>
6048 </blockquote>
6049
6050
6051 </blockquote><p>
6052
6053 </p>
6054 <p>Examples:
6055 </p>
6056 <p>
6057 </p>
6058 <blockquote class="text">
6059 <p>
6060 </p>
6061 </blockquote><p>
6062
6063 </p>
6064 <a name="SET ECHO"></a><br /><hr />
6065 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6066 <a name="rfc.section.6.5.3"></a><h3>6.5.3.&nbsp;
6067 Enable or disable echo of commands</h3>
6068
6069 <p>To enable or disable back sending of commands to the client the following command can be used:
6070 </p>
6071 <p>
6072 </p>
6073 <blockquote class="text">
6074 <p>SET ECHO &lt;value&gt;
6075 </p>
6076 </blockquote><p>
6077
6078 </p>
6079 <p>Where &lt;value&gt; should be replaced either by "1" to enable echo mode
6080 or "0" to disable echo mode. When echo mode is enabled, all
6081 commands send to LinuxSampler will be immediately send back and
6082 after this echo the actual response to the command will be
6083 returned. Echo mode will only be altered for the client connection
6084 that issued the "SET ECHO" command, not globally for all client
6085 connections.
6086 </p>
6087 <p>Possible Answers:
6088 </p>
6089 <p>
6090 </p>
6091 <blockquote class="text">
6092 <p>"OK" -
6093 </p>
6094 <blockquote class="text">
6095 <p>usually
6096 </p>
6097 </blockquote>
6098
6099
6100 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
6101 </p>
6102 <blockquote class="text">
6103 <p>on syntax error, e.g. non boolean value
6104 </p>
6105 </blockquote>
6106
6107
6108 </blockquote><p>
6109
6110 </p>
6111 <p>Examples:
6112 </p>
6113 <p>
6114 </p>
6115 <blockquote class="text">
6116 <p>
6117 </p>
6118 </blockquote><p>
6119
6120 </p>
6121 <a name="QUIT"></a><br /><hr />
6122 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6123 <a name="rfc.section.6.5.4"></a><h3>6.5.4.&nbsp;
6124 Close client connection</h3>
6125
6126 <p>The client can close its network connection to LinuxSampler by sending the following command:
6127 </p>
6128 <p>
6129 </p>
6130 <blockquote class="text">
6131 <p>QUIT
6132 </p>
6133 </blockquote><p>
6134
6135 </p>
6136 <p>This is probably more interesting for manual telnet connections to
6137 LinuxSampler than really useful for a front-end implementation.
6138 </p>
6139 <a name="anchor13"></a><br /><hr />
6140 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6141 <a name="rfc.section.6.6"></a><h3>6.6.&nbsp;
6142 Global commands</h3>
6143
6144 <p>The following commands have global impact on the sampler.
6145 </p>
6146 <a name="GET TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
6147 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6148 <a name="rfc.section.6.6.1"></a><h3>6.6.1.&nbsp;
6149 Current number of active voices</h3>
6150
6151 <p>The front-end can ask for the current number of active voices on
6152 the sampler by sending the following command:
6153 </p>
6154 <p>
6155 </p>
6156 <blockquote class="text">
6157 <p>GET TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT
6158 </p>
6159 </blockquote><p>
6160
6161 </p>
6162 <p>Possible Answers:
6163 </p>
6164 <p>
6165 </p>
6166 <blockquote class="text">
6167 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by returning the number of all active
6168 voices on the sampler.
6169 </p>
6170 </blockquote><p>
6171
6172 </p>
6173 <a name="GET TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT_MAX"></a><br /><hr />
6174 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6175 <a name="rfc.section.6.6.2"></a><h3>6.6.2.&nbsp;
6176 Maximum amount of active voices</h3>
6177
6178 <p>The front-end can ask for the maximum number of active voices
6179 by sending the following command:
6180 </p>
6181 <p>
6182 </p>
6183 <blockquote class="text">
6184 <p>GET TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT_MAX
6185 </p>
6186 </blockquote><p>
6187
6188 </p>
6189 <p>Possible Answers:
6190 </p>
6191 <p>
6192 </p>
6193 <blockquote class="text">
6194 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by returning the maximum number
6195 of active voices.
6196 </p>
6197 </blockquote><p>
6198
6199 </p>
6200 <a name="GET TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
6201 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6202 <a name="rfc.section.6.6.3"></a><h3>6.6.3.&nbsp;
6203 Current number of active disk streams</h3>
6204
6205 <p>The front-end can ask for the current number of active disk streams on
6206 the sampler by sending the following command:
6207 </p>
6208 <p>
6209 </p>
6210 <blockquote class="text">
6211 <p>GET TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT
6212 </p>
6213 </blockquote><p>
6214
6215 </p>
6216 <p>Possible Answers:
6217 </p>
6218 <p>
6219 </p>
6220 <blockquote class="text">
6221 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by returning the number of all active
6222 disk streams on the sampler.
6223 </p>
6224 </blockquote><p>
6225
6226 </p>
6227 <a name="RESET"></a><br /><hr />
6228 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6229 <a name="rfc.section.6.6.4"></a><h3>6.6.4.&nbsp;
6230 Reset sampler</h3>
6231
6232 <p>The front-end can reset the whole sampler by sending the following command:
6233 </p>
6234 <p>
6235 </p>
6236 <blockquote class="text">
6237 <p>RESET
6238 </p>
6239 </blockquote><p>
6240
6241 </p>
6242 <p>Possible Answers:
6243 </p>
6244 <p>
6245 </p>
6246 <blockquote class="text">
6247 <p>"OK" -
6248 </p>
6249 <blockquote class="text">
6250 <p>always
6251 </p>
6252 </blockquote>
6253
6254
6255 </blockquote><p>
6256
6257 </p>
6258 <p>Examples:
6259 </p>
6260 <p>
6261 </p>
6262 <blockquote class="text">
6263 <p>
6264 </p>
6265 </blockquote><p>
6266
6267 </p>
6268 <a name="GET SERVER INFO"></a><br /><hr />
6269 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6270 <a name="rfc.section.6.6.5"></a><h3>6.6.5.&nbsp;
6271 General sampler informations</h3>
6272
6273 <p>The client can ask for general informations about the LinuxSampler
6274 instance by sending the following command:
6275 </p>
6276 <p>
6277 </p>
6278 <blockquote class="text">
6279 <p>GET SERVER INFO
6280 </p>
6281 </blockquote><p>
6282
6283 </p>
6284 <p>Possible Answers:
6285 </p>
6286 <p>
6287 </p>
6288 <blockquote class="text">
6289 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
6290 Each answer line begins with the information category name
6291 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
6292 the info character string to that information category. At the
6293 moment the following categories are defined:
6294
6295 </p>
6296 <p>
6297 </p>
6298 <blockquote class="text">
6299 <p>DESCRIPTION -
6300 </p>
6301 <blockquote class="text">
6302 <p>arbitrary textual description about the sampler
6303 (note that the character string may contain
6304 <a class='info' href='#character_set'>escape sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>)
6305 </p>
6306 </blockquote>
6307
6308
6309 <p>VERSION -
6310 </p>
6311 <blockquote class="text">
6312 <p>version of the sampler
6313 </p>
6314 </blockquote>
6315
6316
6317 <p>PROTOCOL_VERSION -
6318 </p>
6319 <blockquote class="text">
6320 <p>version of the LSCP specification the sampler
6321 complies with (see <a class='info' href='#LSCP versioning'>Section&nbsp;2<span> (</span><span class='info'>Versioning of this specification</span><span>)</span></a> for details)
6322 </p>
6323 </blockquote>
6324
6325
6326 <p>INSTRUMENTS_DB_SUPPORT -
6327 </p>
6328 <blockquote class="text">
6329 <p>either yes or no, specifies whether the
6330 sampler is build with instruments database support.
6331 </p>
6332 </blockquote>
6333
6334
6335 </blockquote>
6336
6337
6338 </blockquote><p>
6339
6340 </p>
6341 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
6342 Other fields might be added in future.
6343 </p>
6344 <a name="GET VOLUME"></a><br /><hr />
6345 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6346 <a name="rfc.section.6.6.6"></a><h3>6.6.6.&nbsp;
6347 Getting global volume attenuation</h3>
6348
6349 <p>The client can ask for the current global sampler-wide volume
6350 attenuation by sending the following command:
6351 </p>
6352 <p>
6353 </p>
6354 <blockquote class="text">
6355 <p>GET VOLUME
6356 </p>
6357 </blockquote><p>
6358
6359 </p>
6360 <p>Possible Answers:
6361 </p>
6362 <p>
6363 </p>
6364 <blockquote class="text">
6365 <p>The sampler will always answer by returning the optional
6366 dotted floating point coefficient, reflecting the current
6367 global volume attenuation.
6368
6369 </p>
6370 </blockquote><p>
6371
6372 </p>
6373 <p>Note: it is up to the respective sampler engine whether to obey
6374 that global volume parameter or not, but in general all engines SHOULD
6375 use this parameter.
6376 </p>
6377 <a name="SET VOLUME"></a><br /><hr />
6378 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6379 <a name="rfc.section.6.6.7"></a><h3>6.6.7.&nbsp;
6380 Setting global volume attenuation</h3>
6381
6382 <p>The client can alter the current global sampler-wide volume
6383 attenuation by sending the following command:
6384 </p>
6385 <p>
6386 </p>
6387 <blockquote class="text">
6388 <p>SET VOLUME &lt;volume&gt;
6389 </p>
6390 </blockquote><p>
6391
6392 </p>
6393 <p>Where &lt;volume&gt; should be replaced by the optional dotted
6394 floating point value, reflecting the new global volume parameter.
6395 This value might usually be in the range between 0.0 and 1.0, that
6396 is for attenuating the overall volume.
6397 </p>
6398 <p>Possible Answers:
6399 </p>
6400 <p>
6401 </p>
6402 <blockquote class="text">
6403 <p>"OK" -
6404 </p>
6405 <blockquote class="text">
6406 <p>on success
6407 </p>
6408 </blockquote>
6409
6410
6411 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
6412 </p>
6413 <blockquote class="text">
6414 <p>if the global volume was set, but there are noteworthy
6415 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
6416 warning message
6417 </p>
6418 </blockquote>
6419
6420
6421 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
6422 </p>
6423 <blockquote class="text">
6424 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
6425 </p>
6426 </blockquote>
6427
6428
6429 </blockquote><p>
6430
6431 </p>
6432 <a name="GET VOICES"></a><br /><hr />
6433 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6434 <a name="rfc.section.6.6.8"></a><h3>6.6.8.&nbsp;
6435 Getting global voice limit</h3>
6436
6437 <p>The client can ask for the current global sampler-wide limit
6438 for maximum voices by sending the following command:
6439 </p>
6440 <p>
6441 </p>
6442 <blockquote class="text">
6443 <p>GET VOICES
6444 </p>
6445 </blockquote><p>
6446
6447 </p>
6448 <p>Possible Answers:
6449 </p>
6450 <p>
6451 </p>
6452 <blockquote class="text">
6453 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by returning the number for
6454 the current limit of maximum voices.
6455 </p>
6456 </blockquote><p>
6457
6458 </p>
6459 <p>The voice limit setting defines how many voices should maximum
6460 be processed by the sampler at the same time. If the user
6461 triggers new notes which would exceed that voice limit, the
6462 sampler engine will react by stealing old voices for those
6463 newly triggered notes. Note that the amount of voices triggered
6464 by a new note can be larger than one and is dependent to the
6465 respective instrument and probably further criterias.
6466 </p>
6467 <a name="SET VOICES"></a><br /><hr />
6468 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6469 <a name="rfc.section.6.6.9"></a><h3>6.6.9.&nbsp;
6470 Setting global voice limit</h3>
6471
6472 <p>The client can alter the current global sampler-wide limit
6473 for maximum voices by sending the following command:
6474 </p>
6475 <p>
6476 </p>
6477 <blockquote class="text">
6478 <p>SET VOICES &lt;max-voices&gt;
6479 </p>
6480 </blockquote><p>
6481
6482 </p>
6483 <p>Where &lt;max-voices&gt; should be replaced by the integer
6484 value, reflecting the new global amount limit of maximum voices.
6485 This value has to be larger than 0.
6486 </p>
6487 <p>Possible Answers:
6488 </p>
6489 <p>
6490 </p>
6491 <blockquote class="text">
6492 <p>"OK" -
6493 </p>
6494 <blockquote class="text">
6495 <p>on success
6496 </p>
6497 </blockquote>
6498
6499
6500 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
6501 </p>
6502 <blockquote class="text">
6503 <p>if the voice limit was set, but there are noteworthy
6504 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
6505 warning message
6506 </p>
6507 </blockquote>
6508
6509
6510 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
6511 </p>
6512 <blockquote class="text">
6513 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
6514 </p>
6515 </blockquote>
6516
6517
6518 </blockquote><p>
6519
6520 </p>
6521 <p>Note: the given value will be passed to all sampler engine instances.
6522 The total amount of maximum voices on the running system might thus
6523 be as big as the given value multiplied by the current amount of engine
6524 instances.
6525 </p>
6526 <p>Caution: when adjusting the voice limit, you SHOULD also
6527 adjust the disk stream limit respectively and vice versa.
6528 </p>
6529 <a name="GET STREAMS"></a><br /><hr />
6530 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6531 <a name="rfc.section.6.6.10"></a><h3>6.6.10.&nbsp;
6532 Getting global disk stream limit</h3>
6533
6534 <p>The client can ask for the current global sampler-wide limit
6535 for maximum disk streams by sending the following command:
6536 </p>
6537 <p>
6538 </p>
6539 <blockquote class="text">
6540 <p>GET STREAMS
6541 </p>
6542 </blockquote><p>
6543
6544 </p>
6545 <p>Possible Answers:
6546 </p>
6547 <p>
6548 </p>
6549 <blockquote class="text">
6550 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by returning the number for
6551 the current limit of maximum disk streams.
6552 </p>
6553 </blockquote><p>
6554
6555 </p>
6556 <p>The disk stream limit setting defines how many disk streams should
6557 maximum be processed by a sampler engine at the same time. The
6558 higher this value, the more memory (RAM) will be occupied, since
6559 every disk streams allocates a certain buffer size for being able
6560 to perform its streaming operations.
6561 </p>
6562 <a name="SET STREAMS"></a><br /><hr />
6563 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6564 <a name="rfc.section.6.6.11"></a><h3>6.6.11.&nbsp;
6565 Setting global disk stream limit</h3>
6566
6567 <p>The client can alter the current global sampler-wide limit
6568 for maximum disk streams by sending the following command:
6569 </p>
6570 <p>
6571 </p>
6572 <blockquote class="text">
6573 <p>SET STREAMS &lt;max-streams&gt;
6574 </p>
6575 </blockquote><p>
6576
6577 </p>
6578 <p>Where &lt;max-streams&gt; should be replaced by the integer
6579 value, reflecting the new global amount limit of maximum disk streams.
6580 This value has to be positive.
6581 </p>
6582 <p>Possible Answers:
6583 </p>
6584 <p>
6585 </p>
6586 <blockquote class="text">
6587 <p>"OK" -
6588 </p>
6589 <blockquote class="text">
6590 <p>on success
6591 </p>
6592 </blockquote>
6593
6594
6595 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
6596 </p>
6597 <blockquote class="text">
6598 <p>if the disk stream limit was set, but there are noteworthy
6599 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
6600 warning message
6601 </p>
6602 </blockquote>
6603
6604
6605 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
6606 </p>
6607 <blockquote class="text">
6608 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
6609 </p>
6610 </blockquote>
6611
6612
6613 </blockquote><p>
6614
6615 </p>
6616 <p>Note: the given value will be passed to all sampler engine instances.
6617 The total amount of maximum disk streams on the running system might
6618 thus be as big as the given value multiplied by the current amount of
6619 engine instances.
6620 </p>
6621 <p>Caution: when adjusting the disk stream limit, you SHOULD also
6622 adjust the voice limit respectively and vice versa.
6623 </p>
6624 <a name="MIDI Instrument Mapping"></a><br /><hr />
6625 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6626 <a name="rfc.section.6.7"></a><h3>6.7.&nbsp;
6627 MIDI Instrument Mapping</h3>
6628
6629 <p>The MIDI protocol provides a way to switch between instruments
6630 by sending so called MIDI bank select and MIDI program change
6631 messages which are essentially just numbers. The following commands
6632 allow to actually map arbitrary MIDI bank select / program change
6633 numbers with real instruments.
6634 </p>
6635 <p>The sampler allows to manage an arbitrary amount of MIDI
6636 instrument maps which define which instrument to load on
6637 which MIDI program change message.
6638 </p>
6639 <p>By default, that is when the sampler is launched, there is no
6640 map, thus the sampler will simply ignore all program change
6641 messages. The front-end has to explicitly create at least one
6642 map, add entries to the map and tell the respective sampler
6643 channel(s) which MIDI instrument map to use, so the sampler
6644 knows how to react on a given program change message on the
6645 respective sampler channel, that is by switching to the
6646 respectively defined engine type and loading the respective
6647 instrument. See command
6648 <a class='info' href='#SET CHANNEL MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP'>"SET CHANNEL MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Assigning a MIDI instrument map to a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
6649 for how to assign a MIDI instrument map to a sampler channel.
6650 </p>
6651 <p>Also note per MIDI specification a bank select message does not
6652 cause to switch to another instrument. Instead when receiving a
6653 bank select message the bank value will be stored and a subsequent
6654 program change message (which may occur at any time) will finally
6655 cause the sampler to switch to the respective instrument as
6656 reflected by the current MIDI instrument map.
6657 </p>
6658 <a name="ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP"></a><br /><hr />
6659 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6660 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.1"></a><h3>6.7.1.&nbsp;
6661 Create a new MIDI instrument map</h3>
6662
6663 <p>The front-end can add a new MIDI instrument map by sending
6664 the following command:
6665 </p>
6666 <p>
6667 </p>
6668 <blockquote class="text">
6669 <p>ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP [&lt;name&gt;]
6670 </p>
6671 </blockquote><p>
6672
6673 </p>
6674 <p>Where &lt;name&gt; is an optional argument allowing to
6675 assign a custom name to the new map. MIDI instrument Map
6676 names do not have to be unique, but MUST be encapsulated
6677 into apostrophes and support escape sequences as described
6678 in chapter "<a class='info' href='#character_set'>Character Set and Escape Sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>".
6679
6680 </p>
6681 <p>Possible Answers:
6682 </p>
6683 <p>
6684 </p>
6685 <blockquote class="text">
6686 <p>"OK[&lt;map&gt;]" -
6687 </p>
6688 <blockquote class="text">
6689 <p>in case a new MIDI instrument map could
6690 be added, where &lt;map&gt; reflects the
6691 unique ID of the newly created MIDI
6692 instrument map
6693 </p>
6694 </blockquote>
6695
6696
6697 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
6698 </p>
6699 <blockquote class="text">
6700 <p>when a new map could not be created, which
6701 might never occur in practice
6702 </p>
6703 </blockquote>
6704
6705
6706 </blockquote><p>
6707
6708 </p>
6709 <p>Examples:
6710 </p>
6711 <p>
6712 </p>
6713 <blockquote class="text">
6714 <p>C: "ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP 'Standard Map'"
6715 </p>
6716 <p>S: "OK[0]"
6717 </p>
6718 </blockquote><p>
6719
6720 </p>
6721 <p>
6722 </p>
6723 <blockquote class="text">
6724 <p>C: "ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP 'Standard Drumkit'"
6725 </p>
6726 <p>S: "OK[1]"
6727 </p>
6728 </blockquote><p>
6729
6730 </p>
6731 <p>
6732 </p>
6733 <blockquote class="text">
6734 <p>C: "ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP"
6735 </p>
6736 <p>S: "OK[5]"
6737 </p>
6738 </blockquote><p>
6739
6740 </p>
6741 <a name="REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP"></a><br /><hr />
6742 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6743 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.2"></a><h3>6.7.2.&nbsp;
6744 Delete one particular or all MIDI instrument maps</h3>
6745
6746 <p>The front-end can delete a particular MIDI instrument map
6747 by sending the following command:
6748 </p>
6749 <p>
6750 </p>
6751 <blockquote class="text">
6752 <p>REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP &lt;map&gt;
6753 </p>
6754 </blockquote><p>
6755
6756 </p>
6757 <p>Where &lt;map&gt; reflects the unique ID of the map to delete
6758 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS'>"LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created MIDI instrument maps</span><span>)</span></a>
6759 command.
6760 </p>
6761 <p>The front-end can delete all MIDI instrument maps by
6762 sending the following command:
6763 </p>
6764 <p>
6765 </p>
6766 <blockquote class="text">
6767 <p>REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP ALL
6768 </p>
6769 </blockquote><p>
6770
6771 </p>
6772 <p>Possible Answers:
6773 </p>
6774 <p>
6775 </p>
6776 <blockquote class="text">
6777 <p>"OK" -
6778 </p>
6779 <blockquote class="text">
6780 <p>in case the map(s) could be deleted
6781 </p>
6782 </blockquote>
6783
6784
6785 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
6786 </p>
6787 <blockquote class="text">
6788 <p>when the given map does not exist
6789 </p>
6790 </blockquote>
6791
6792
6793 </blockquote><p>
6794
6795 </p>
6796 <p>Examples:
6797 </p>
6798 <p>
6799 </p>
6800 <blockquote class="text">
6801 <p>C: "REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP 0"
6802 </p>
6803 <p>S: "OK"
6804 </p>
6805 </blockquote><p>
6806
6807 </p>
6808 <p>
6809 </p>
6810 <blockquote class="text">
6811 <p>C: "REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP ALL"
6812 </p>
6813 <p>S: "OK"
6814 </p>
6815 </blockquote><p>
6816
6817 </p>
6818 <a name="GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"></a><br /><hr />
6819 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6820 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.3"></a><h3>6.7.3.&nbsp;
6821 Get amount of existing MIDI instrument maps</h3>
6822
6823 <p>The front-end can retrieve the current amount of MIDI
6824 instrument maps by sending the following command:
6825 </p>
6826 <p>
6827 </p>
6828 <blockquote class="text">
6829 <p>GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS
6830 </p>
6831 </blockquote><p>
6832
6833 </p>
6834 <p>Possible Answers:
6835 </p>
6836 <p>
6837 </p>
6838 <blockquote class="text">
6839 <p>The sampler will answer by returning the current
6840 number of MIDI instrument maps.
6841 </p>
6842 </blockquote><p>
6843
6844 </p>
6845 <p>Example:
6846 </p>
6847 <p>
6848 </p>
6849 <blockquote class="text">
6850 <p>C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"
6851 </p>
6852 <p>S: "2"
6853 </p>
6854 </blockquote><p>
6855
6856 </p>
6857 <a name="LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"></a><br /><hr />
6858 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6859 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.4"></a><h3>6.7.4.&nbsp;
6860 Getting all created MIDI instrument maps</h3>
6861
6862 <p>The number of MIDI instrument maps can change on runtime. To get the
6863 current list of MIDI instrument maps, the front-end can send the
6864 following command:
6865 </p>
6866 <p>
6867 </p>
6868 <blockquote class="text">
6869 <p>LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS
6870 </p>
6871 </blockquote><p>
6872
6873 </p>
6874 <p>Possible Answers:
6875 </p>
6876 <p>
6877 </p>
6878 <blockquote class="text">
6879 <p>The sampler will answer by returning a comma separated list
6880 with all MIDI instrument maps' numerical IDs.
6881 </p>
6882 </blockquote><p>
6883
6884 </p>
6885 <p>Example:
6886 </p>
6887 <p>
6888 </p>
6889 <blockquote class="text">
6890 <p>C: "LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"
6891 </p>
6892 <p>S: "0,1,5,12"
6893 </p>
6894 </blockquote><p>
6895
6896 </p>
6897 <a name="GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP INFO"></a><br /><hr />
6898 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6899 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.5"></a><h3>6.7.5.&nbsp;
6900 Getting MIDI instrument map information</h3>
6901
6902 <p>The front-end can ask for the current settings of a MIDI
6903 instrument map by sending the following command:
6904 </p>
6905 <p>
6906 </p>
6907 <blockquote class="text">
6908 <p>GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP INFO &lt;map&gt;
6909 </p>
6910 </blockquote><p>
6911
6912 </p>
6913 <p>Where &lt;map&gt; is the numerical ID of the map the
6914 front-end is interested in as returned by the
6915 <a class='info' href='#LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS'>"LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created MIDI instrument maps</span><span>)</span></a>
6916 command.
6917 </p>
6918 <p>Possible Answers:
6919 </p>
6920 <p>
6921 </p>
6922 <blockquote class="text">
6923 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
6924 Each answer line begins with the settings category name
6925 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
6926 the info character string to that setting category. At the
6927 moment the following categories are defined:
6928 </p>
6929 <p>
6930 </p>
6931 <blockquote class="text">
6932 <p>NAME -
6933 </p>
6934 <blockquote class="text">
6935 <p>custom name of the given map,
6936 which does not have to be unique
6937 (note that this character string may contain
6938 <a class='info' href='#character_set'>escape sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>)
6939 </p>
6940 </blockquote>
6941
6942
6943 <p>DEFAULT -
6944 </p>
6945 <blockquote class="text">
6946 <p>either true or false,
6947 defines whether this map is the default map
6948 </p>
6949 </blockquote>
6950
6951
6952 </blockquote>
6953
6954
6955 </blockquote><p>
6956
6957 </p>
6958 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
6959 </p>
6960 <p>Example:
6961 </p>
6962 <p>
6963 </p>
6964 <blockquote class="text">
6965 <p>C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP INFO 0"
6966 </p>
6967 <p>S: "NAME: Standard Map"
6968 </p>
6969 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"DEFAULT: true"
6970 </p>
6971 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
6972 </p>
6973 </blockquote><p>
6974
6975 </p>
6976 <a name="SET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP NAME"></a><br /><hr />
6977 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6978 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.6"></a><h3>6.7.6.&nbsp;
6979 Renaming a MIDI instrument map</h3>
6980
6981 <p>The front-end can alter the custom name of a MIDI
6982 instrument map by sending the following command:
6983 </p>
6984 <p>
6985 </p>
6986 <blockquote class="text">
6987 <p>SET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP NAME &lt;map&gt; &lt;name&gt;
6988 </p>
6989 </blockquote><p>
6990
6991 </p>
6992 <p>Where &lt;map&gt; is the numerical ID of the map and
6993 &lt;name&gt; the new custom name of the map, which does not
6994 have to be unique (name MUST be encapsulated into apostrophes
6995 and supports escape sequences as described in chapter
6996 "<a class='info' href='#character_set'>Character Set and Escape Sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>").
6997
6998 </p>
6999 <p>Possible Answers:
7000 </p>
7001 <p>
7002 </p>
7003 <blockquote class="text">
7004 <p>"OK" -
7005 </p>
7006 <blockquote class="text">
7007 <p>on success
7008 </p>
7009 </blockquote>
7010
7011
7012 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
7013 </p>
7014 <blockquote class="text">
7015 <p>in case the given map does not exist
7016 </p>
7017 </blockquote>
7018
7019
7020 </blockquote><p>
7021
7022 </p>
7023 <p>Example:
7024 </p>
7025 <p>
7026 </p>
7027 <blockquote class="text">
7028 <p>C: "SET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP NAME 0 'Foo instruments'"
7029 </p>
7030 <p>S: "OK"
7031 </p>
7032 </blockquote><p>
7033
7034 </p>
7035 <a name="MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT"></a><br /><hr />
7036 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7037 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.7"></a><h3>6.7.7.&nbsp;
7038 Create or replace a MIDI instrument map entry</h3>
7039
7040 <p>The front-end can create a new or replace an existing entry
7041 in a sampler's MIDI instrument map by sending the following
7042 command:
7043 </p>
7044 <p>
7045 </p>
7046 <blockquote class="text">
7047 <p>MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT [NON_MODAL] &lt;map&gt;
7048 &lt;midi_bank&gt; &lt;midi_prog&gt; &lt;engine_name&gt;
7049 &lt;filename&gt; &lt;instrument_index&gt; &lt;volume_value&gt;
7050 [&lt;instr_load_mode&gt;] [&lt;name&gt;]
7051 </p>
7052 </blockquote><p>
7053
7054 </p>
7055 <p>Where &lt;map&gt; is the numeric ID of the map to alter,
7056 &lt;midi_bank&gt; is an integer value between
7057 0..16383 reflecting the MIDI bank select index,
7058 &lt;midi_prog&gt; an
7059 integer value between 0..127 reflecting the MIDI program change
7060 index, &lt;engine_name&gt; a sampler engine name as returned by
7061 the <a class='info' href='#LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES'>"LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all available engines</span><span>)</span></a>
7062 command (not encapsulated into apostrophes), &lt;filename&gt; the name
7063 of the instrument's file to be deployed (encapsulated into apostrophes,
7064 supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
7065 "<a class='info' href='#character_set'>Character Set and Escape Sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>"),
7066 &lt;instrument_index&gt; the index (integer value) of the instrument
7067 within the given file, &lt;volume_value&gt; reflects the master
7068 volume of the instrument as optionally dotted number (where a
7069 value &lt; 1.0 means attenuation and a value > 1.0 means
7070 amplification). This parameter easily allows to adjust the
7071 volume of all intruments within a custom instrument map
7072 without having to adjust their instrument files. The
7073 OPTIONAL &lt;instr_load_mode&gt; argument defines the life
7074 time of the instrument, that is when the instrument should
7075 be loaded, when freed and has exactly the following
7076 possibilities:
7077 </p>
7078 <p>
7079 </p>
7080 <blockquote class="text">
7081 <p>"ON_DEMAND" -
7082 </p>
7083 <blockquote class="text">
7084 <p>The instrument will be loaded when needed,
7085 that is when demanded by at least one sampler
7086 channel. It will immediately be freed from memory
7087 when not needed by any sampler channel anymore.
7088 </p>
7089 </blockquote>
7090
7091
7092 <p>"ON_DEMAND_HOLD" -
7093 </p>
7094 <blockquote class="text">
7095 <p>The instrument will be loaded when needed,
7096 that is when demanded by at least one sampler
7097 channel. It will be kept in memory even when
7098 not needed by any sampler channel anymore.
7099 Instruments with this mode are only freed
7100 when the sampler is reset or all mapping
7101 entries with this mode (and respective
7102 instrument) are explicitly changed to
7103 "ON_DEMAND" and no sampler channel is using
7104 the instrument anymore.
7105 </p>
7106 </blockquote>
7107
7108
7109 <p>"PERSISTENT" -
7110 </p>
7111 <blockquote class="text">
7112 <p>The instrument will immediately be loaded
7113 into memory when this mapping
7114 command is sent and the instrument is kept all
7115 the time. Instruments with this mode are
7116 only freed when the sampler is reset or all
7117 mapping entries with this mode (and
7118 respective instrument) are explicitly
7119 changed to "ON_DEMAND" and no sampler
7120 channel is using the instrument anymore.
7121 </p>
7122 </blockquote>
7123
7124
7125 <p>not supplied -
7126 </p>
7127 <blockquote class="text">
7128 <p>In case there is no &lt;instr_load_mode&gt;
7129 argument given, it will be up to the
7130 InstrumentManager to decide which mode to use.
7131 Usually it will use "ON_DEMAND" if an entry
7132 for the given instrument does not exist in
7133 the InstrumentManager's list yet, otherwise
7134 if an entry already exists, it will simply
7135 stick with the mode currently reflected by
7136 the already existing entry, that is it will
7137 not change the mode.
7138 </p>
7139 </blockquote>
7140
7141
7142 </blockquote><p>
7143
7144 </p>
7145 <p>
7146 The &lt;instr_load_mode&gt; argument thus allows to define an
7147 appropriate strategy (low memory consumption vs. fast
7148 instrument switching) for each instrument individually. Note, the
7149 following restrictions apply to this argument: "ON_DEMAND_HOLD" and
7150 "PERSISTENT" have to be supported by the respective sampler engine
7151 (which is technically the case when the engine provides an
7152 InstrumentManager for its format). If this is not the case the
7153 argument will automatically fall back to the default value
7154 "ON_DEMAND". Also the load mode of one instrument may
7155 automatically change the laod mode of other instrument(s), i.e.
7156 because the instruments are part of the same file and the
7157 engine does not allow a way to manage load modes for them
7158 individually. Due to this, in case the frontend shows the
7159 load modes of entries, the frontend should retrieve the actual
7160 mode by i.e. sending
7161 <a class='info' href='#GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO'>"GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Get current settings of MIDI instrument map entry</span><span>)</span></a>
7162 command(s). Finally the OPTIONAL &lt;name&gt; argument allows to set a custom name
7163 (encapsulated into apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
7164 "<a class='info' href='#character_set'>Character Set and Escape Sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>") for the
7165 mapping entry, useful for frontends for displaying an appropriate name for
7166 mapped instruments (using
7167 <a class='info' href='#GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO'>"GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Get current settings of MIDI instrument map entry</span><span>)</span></a>).
7168
7169 </p>
7170 <p>
7171 By default, "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT" commands block until the mapping is
7172 completely established in the sampler. The OPTIONAL "NON_MODAL" argument
7173 however causes the respective "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT" command to return
7174 immediately, that is to let the sampler establish the mapping in the
7175 background. So this argument might be especially useful for mappings with
7176 a "PERSISTENT" type, because these have to load the respective instruments
7177 immediately and might thus block for a very long time. It is recommended
7178 however to use the OPTIONAL "NON_MODAL" argument only if really necessary,
7179 because it has the following drawbacks: as "NON_MODAL" instructions return
7180 immediately, they may not necessarily return an error i.e. when the given
7181 instrument file turns out to be corrupt, beside that subsequent commands
7182 in a LSCP instruction sequence might fail, because mandatory mappings are
7183 not yet completed.
7184
7185 </p>
7186 <p>Possible Answers:
7187 </p>
7188 <p>
7189 </p>
7190 <blockquote class="text">
7191 <p>"OK" -
7192 </p>
7193 <blockquote class="text">
7194 <p>usually
7195 </p>
7196 </blockquote>
7197
7198
7199 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
7200 </p>
7201 <blockquote class="text">
7202 <p>when the given map or engine does not exist or a value
7203 is out of range
7204 </p>
7205 </blockquote>
7206
7207
7208 </blockquote><p>
7209
7210 </p>
7211 <p>Examples:
7212 </p>
7213 <p>
7214 </p>
7215 <blockquote class="text">
7216 <p>C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 3 0 gig '/usr/share/Steinway D.gig' 0 0.8 PERSISTENT"
7217 </p>
7218 <p>S: "OK"
7219 </p>
7220 </blockquote><p>
7221
7222 </p>
7223 <p>
7224 </p>
7225 <blockquote class="text">
7226 <p>C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 4 50 gig '/home/john/foostrings.gig' 7 1.0"
7227 </p>
7228 <p>S: "OK"
7229 </p>
7230 </blockquote><p>
7231
7232 </p>
7233 <p>
7234 </p>
7235 <blockquote class="text">
7236 <p>C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 0 0 gig '/usr/share/piano.gig' 0 1.0 'Normal Piano'"
7237 </p>
7238 <p>S: "OK"
7239 </p>
7240 <p>C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 1 0 gig '/usr/share/piano.gig' 0 0.25 'Silent Piano'"
7241 </p>
7242 <p>S: "OK"
7243 </p>
7244 </blockquote><p>
7245
7246 </p>
7247 <p>
7248 </p>
7249 <blockquote class="text">
7250 <p>C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT NON_MODAL 1 8 120 gig '/home/joe/foodrums.gig' 0 1.0 PERSISTENT 'Foo Drumkit'"
7251 </p>
7252 <p>S: "OK"
7253 </p>
7254 </blockquote><p>
7255
7256 </p>
7257 <a name="GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS"></a><br /><hr />
7258 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7259 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.8"></a><h3>6.7.8.&nbsp;
7260 Getting ammount of MIDI instrument map entries</h3>
7261
7262 <p>The front-end can query the amount of currently existing
7263 entries in a MIDI instrument map by sending the following
7264 command:
7265 </p>
7266 <p>
7267 </p>
7268 <blockquote class="text">
7269 <p>GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS &lt;map&gt;
7270 </p>
7271 </blockquote><p>
7272
7273 </p>
7274 <p>The front-end can query the amount of currently existing
7275 entries in all MIDI instrument maps by sending the following
7276 command:
7277 </p>
7278 <p>
7279 </p>
7280 <blockquote class="text">
7281 <p>GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL
7282 </p>
7283 </blockquote><p>
7284
7285 </p>
7286 <p>Possible Answers:
7287 </p>
7288 <p>
7289 </p>
7290 <blockquote class="text">
7291 <p>The sampler will answer by sending the current number of
7292 entries in the MIDI instrument map(s).
7293 </p>
7294 </blockquote><p>
7295
7296 </p>
7297 <p>Example:
7298 </p>
7299 <p>
7300 </p>
7301 <blockquote class="text">
7302 <p>C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS 0"
7303 </p>
7304 <p>S: "234"
7305 </p>
7306 </blockquote><p>
7307
7308 </p>
7309 <p>
7310 </p>
7311 <blockquote class="text">
7312 <p>C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL"
7313 </p>
7314 <p>S: "954"
7315 </p>
7316 </blockquote><p>
7317
7318 </p>
7319 <a name="LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENTS"></a><br /><hr />
7320 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7321 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.9"></a><h3>6.7.9.&nbsp;
7322 Getting indeces of all entries of a MIDI instrument map</h3>
7323
7324 <p>The front-end can query a list of all currently existing
7325 entries in a certain MIDI instrument map by sending the following
7326 command:
7327 </p>
7328 <p>
7329 </p>
7330 <blockquote class="text">
7331 <p>LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENTS &lt;map&gt;
7332 </p>
7333 </blockquote><p>
7334
7335 </p>
7336 <p>Where &lt;map&gt; is the numeric ID of the MIDI instrument map.
7337 </p>
7338 <p>The front-end can query a list of all currently existing
7339 entries of all MIDI instrument maps by sending the following
7340 command:
7341 </p>
7342 <p>
7343 </p>
7344 <blockquote class="text">
7345 <p>LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL
7346 </p>
7347 </blockquote><p>
7348
7349 </p>
7350 <p>Possible Answers:
7351 </p>
7352 <p>
7353 </p>
7354 <blockquote class="text">
7355 <p>The sampler will answer by sending a comma separated
7356 list of map ID - MIDI bank - MIDI program triples, where
7357 each triple is encapsulated into curly braces. The
7358 list is returned in one single line. Each triple
7359 just reflects the key of the respective map entry,
7360 thus subsequent
7361 <a class='info' href='#GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO'>"GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Get current settings of MIDI instrument map entry</span><span>)</span></a>
7362 command(s) are necessary to retrieve detailed informations
7363 about each entry.
7364 </p>
7365 </blockquote><p>
7366
7367 </p>
7368 <p>Example:
7369 </p>
7370 <p>
7371 </p>
7372 <blockquote class="text">
7373 <p>C: "LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENTS 0"
7374 </p>
7375 <p>S: "{0,0,0},{0,0,1},{0,0,3},{0,1,4},{1,127,127}"
7376 </p>
7377 </blockquote><p>
7378
7379 </p>
7380 <a name="UNMAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT"></a><br /><hr />
7381 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7382 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.10"></a><h3>6.7.10.&nbsp;
7383 Remove an entry from the MIDI instrument map</h3>
7384
7385 <p>The front-end can delete an entry from a MIDI instrument
7386 map by sending the following command:
7387 </p>
7388 <p>
7389 </p>
7390 <blockquote class="text">
7391 <p>UNMAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT &lt;map&gt; &lt;midi_bank&gt; &lt;midi_prog&gt;
7392 </p>
7393 </blockquote><p>
7394
7395 </p>
7396 <p>
7397 Where &lt;map&gt; is the numeric ID of the MIDI instrument map,
7398 &lt;midi_bank&gt; is an integer value between 0..16383
7399 reflecting the MIDI bank value and
7400 &lt;midi_prog&gt; an integer value between
7401 0..127 reflecting the MIDI program value of the map's entrie's key
7402 index triple.
7403
7404 </p>
7405 <p>Possible Answers:
7406 </p>
7407 <p>
7408 </p>
7409 <blockquote class="text">
7410 <p>"OK" -
7411 </p>
7412 <blockquote class="text">
7413 <p>usually
7414 </p>
7415 </blockquote>
7416
7417
7418 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
7419 </p>
7420 <blockquote class="text">
7421 <p>when index out of bounds
7422 </p>
7423 </blockquote>
7424
7425
7426 </blockquote><p>
7427
7428 </p>
7429 <p>Example:
7430 </p>
7431 <p>
7432 </p>
7433 <blockquote class="text">
7434 <p>C: "UNMAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 2 127"
7435 </p>
7436 <p>S: "OK"
7437 </p>
7438 </blockquote><p>
7439
7440 </p>
7441 <a name="GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO"></a><br /><hr />
7442 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7443 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.11"></a><h3>6.7.11.&nbsp;
7444 Get current settings of MIDI instrument map entry</h3>
7445
7446 <p>The front-end can retrieve the current settings of a certain
7447 instrument map entry by sending the following command:
7448 </p>
7449 <p>
7450 </p>
7451 <blockquote class="text">
7452 <p>GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO &lt;map&gt; &lt;midi_bank&gt; &lt;midi_prog&gt;
7453 </p>
7454 </blockquote><p>
7455
7456 </p>
7457 <p>
7458 Where &lt;map&gt; is the numeric ID of the MIDI instrument map,
7459 &lt;midi_bank&gt; is an integer value between 0..16383
7460 reflecting the MIDI bank value, &lt;midi_bank&gt;
7461 and &lt;midi_prog&gt; an integer value between
7462 0..127 reflecting the MIDI program value of the map's entrie's key
7463 index triple.
7464
7465 </p>
7466 <p>Possible Answers:
7467 </p>
7468 <p>
7469 </p>
7470 <blockquote class="text">
7471 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt;
7472 separated list. Each answer line begins with the
7473 information category name followed by a colon and then
7474 a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally the info
7475 character string to that info category. At the moment
7476 the following categories are defined:
7477 </p>
7478 <p>"NAME" -
7479 </p>
7480 <blockquote class="text">
7481 <p>Name for this MIDI instrument map entry (if defined).
7482 This name shall be used by frontends for displaying a
7483 name for this mapped instrument. It can be set and
7484 changed with the
7485 <a class='info' href='#MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT'>"MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Create or replace a MIDI instrument map entry</span><span>)</span></a>
7486 command and does not have to be unique.
7487 (note that this character string may contain
7488 <a class='info' href='#character_set'>escape sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>)
7489 </p>
7490 </blockquote>
7491
7492
7493 <p>"ENGINE_NAME" -
7494 </p>
7495 <blockquote class="text">
7496 <p>Name of the engine to be deployed for this
7497 instrument.
7498 </p>
7499 </blockquote>
7500
7501
7502 <p>"INSTRUMENT_FILE" -
7503 </p>
7504 <blockquote class="text">
7505 <p>File name of the instrument
7506 (note that this path may contain
7507 <a class='info' href='#character_set'>escape sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>).
7508 </p>
7509 </blockquote>
7510
7511
7512 <p>"INSTRUMENT_NR" -
7513 </p>
7514 <blockquote class="text">
7515 <p>Index of the instrument within the file.
7516 </p>
7517 </blockquote>
7518
7519
7520 <p>"INSTRUMENT_NAME" -
7521 </p>
7522 <blockquote class="text">
7523 <p>Name of the loaded instrument as reflected by its file.
7524 In contrast to the "NAME" field, the "INSTRUMENT_NAME" field
7525 cannot be changed (note that this character string may contain
7526 <a class='info' href='#character_set'>escape sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>).
7527 </p>
7528 </blockquote>
7529
7530
7531 <p>"LOAD_MODE" -
7532 </p>
7533 <blockquote class="text">
7534 <p>Life time of instrument
7535 (see <a class='info' href='#MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT'>"MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Create or replace a MIDI instrument map entry</span><span>)</span></a> for details about this setting).
7536 </p>
7537 </blockquote>
7538
7539
7540 <p>"VOLUME" -
7541 </p>
7542 <blockquote class="text">
7543 <p>master volume of the instrument as optionally
7544 dotted number (where a value &lt; 1.0 means attenuation
7545 and a value > 1.0 means amplification)
7546 </p>
7547 </blockquote>
7548
7549
7550 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
7551 </p>
7552 </blockquote><p>
7553
7554 </p>
7555 <p>Example:
7556 </p>
7557 <p>
7558 </p>
7559 <blockquote class="text">
7560 <p>C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO 1 45 120"
7561 </p>
7562 <p>S: "NAME: Drums for Foo Song"
7563 </p>
7564 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"ENGINE_NAME: GigEngine"
7565 </p>
7566 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"INSTRUMENT_FILE: /usr/share/joesdrumkit.gig"
7567 </p>
7568 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"INSTRUMENT_NR: 0"
7569 </p>
7570 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"INSTRUMENT_NAME: Joe's Drumkit"
7571 </p>
7572 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"LOAD_MODE: PERSISTENT"
7573 </p>
7574 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"VOLUME: 1.0"
7575 </p>
7576 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
7577 </p>
7578 </blockquote><p>
7579
7580 </p>
7581 <a name="CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS"></a><br /><hr />
7582 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7583 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.12"></a><h3>6.7.12.&nbsp;
7584 Clear MIDI instrument map</h3>
7585
7586 <p>The front-end can clear a whole MIDI instrument map, that
7587 is delete all its entries by sending the following command:
7588 </p>
7589 <p>
7590 </p>
7591 <blockquote class="text">
7592 <p>CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS &lt;map&gt;
7593 </p>
7594 </blockquote><p>
7595
7596 </p>
7597 <p>Where &lt;map&gt; is the numeric ID of the map to clear.
7598 </p>
7599 <p>The front-end can clear all MIDI instrument maps, that
7600 is delete all entries of all maps by sending the following
7601 command:
7602 </p>
7603 <p>
7604 </p>
7605 <blockquote class="text">
7606 <p>CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL
7607 </p>
7608 </blockquote><p>
7609
7610 </p>
7611 <p>The command "CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL" does not delete the
7612 maps, only their entries, thus the map's settings like
7613 custom name will be preservevd.
7614 </p>
7615 <p>Possible Answers:
7616 </p>
7617 <p>
7618 </p>
7619 <blockquote class="text">
7620 <p>"OK" -
7621 </p>
7622 <blockquote class="text">
7623 <p>always
7624 </p>
7625 </blockquote>
7626
7627
7628 </blockquote><p>
7629
7630 </p>
7631 <p>Examples:
7632 </p>
7633 <p>
7634 </p>
7635 <blockquote class="text">
7636 <p>C: "CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS 0"
7637 </p>
7638 <p>S: "OK"
7639 </p>
7640 </blockquote><p>
7641
7642 </p>
7643 <p>
7644 </p>
7645 <blockquote class="text">
7646 <p>C: "CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL"
7647 </p>
7648 <p>S: "OK"
7649 </p>
7650 </blockquote><p>
7651
7652 </p>
7653 <a name="Managing Instruments Database"></a><br /><hr />
7654 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7655 <a name="rfc.section.6.8"></a><h3>6.8.&nbsp;
7656 Managing Instruments Database</h3>
7657
7658 <p>The following commands describe how to use and manage
7659 the instruments database.
7660 </p>
7661 <p>Notice:
7662 </p>
7663 <p>
7664 </p>
7665 <blockquote class="text">
7666 <p>All command arguments representing a path or
7667 instrument/directory name support escape sequences as described in chapter
7668 "<a class='info' href='#character_set'>Character Set and Escape Sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>".
7669
7670 </p>
7671 <p>All occurrences of a forward slash in instrument and directory
7672 names are escaped with its hex (\x2f) or octal (\057) escape sequence.
7673
7674 </p>
7675 </blockquote><p>
7676
7677 </p>
7678 <a name="ADD DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY"></a><br /><hr />
7679 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7680 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.1"></a><h3>6.8.1.&nbsp;
7681 Creating a new instrument directory</h3>
7682
7683 <p>The front-end can add a new instrument directory to the
7684 instruments database by sending the following command:
7685 </p>
7686 <p>
7687 </p>
7688 <blockquote class="text">
7689 <p>ADD DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY &lt;dir&gt;
7690 </p>
7691 </blockquote><p>
7692
7693 </p>
7694 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; is the absolute path name of the directory
7695 to be created (encapsulated into apostrophes).
7696 </p>
7697 <p>Possible Answers:
7698 </p>
7699 <p>
7700 </p>
7701 <blockquote class="text">
7702 <p>"OK" -
7703 </p>
7704 <blockquote class="text">
7705 <p>on success
7706 </p>
7707 </blockquote>
7708
7709
7710 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
7711 </p>
7712 <blockquote class="text">
7713 <p>when the directory could not be created, which
7714 can happen if the directory already exists or the
7715 name contains not allowed symbols
7716 </p>
7717 </blockquote>
7718
7719
7720 </blockquote><p>
7721
7722 </p>
7723 <p>Examples:
7724 </p>
7725 <p>
7726 </p>
7727 <blockquote class="text">
7728 <p>C: "ADD DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY '/Piano Collection'"
7729 </p>
7730 <p>S: "OK"
7731 </p>
7732 </blockquote><p>
7733
7734 </p>
7735 <a name="REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY"></a><br /><hr />
7736 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7737 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.2"></a><h3>6.8.2.&nbsp;
7738 Deleting an instrument directory</h3>
7739
7740 <p>The front-end can delete a particular instrument directory
7741 from the instruments database by sending the following command:
7742 </p>
7743 <p>
7744 </p>
7745 <blockquote class="text">
7746 <p>REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY [FORCE] &lt;dir&gt;
7747 </p>
7748 </blockquote><p>
7749
7750 </p>
7751 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; is the absolute path name of the directory
7752 to delete. The optional FORCE argument can be used to
7753 force the deletion of a non-empty directory and all its content.
7754 </p>
7755 <p>Possible Answers:
7756 </p>
7757 <p>
7758 </p>
7759 <blockquote class="text">
7760 <p>"OK" -
7761 </p>
7762 <blockquote class="text">
7763 <p>if the directory is deleted successfully
7764 </p>
7765 </blockquote>
7766
7767
7768 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
7769 </p>
7770 <blockquote class="text">
7771 <p>if the given directory does not exist, or
7772 if trying to delete a non-empty directory,
7773 without using the FORCE argument.
7774 </p>
7775 </blockquote>
7776
7777
7778 </blockquote><p>
7779
7780 </p>
7781 <p>Examples:
7782 </p>
7783 <p>
7784 </p>
7785 <blockquote class="text">
7786 <p>C: "REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY FORCE '/Piano Collection'"
7787 </p>
7788 <p>S: "OK"
7789 </p>
7790 </blockquote><p>
7791
7792 </p>
7793 <a name="GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES"></a><br /><hr />
7794 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7795 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.3"></a><h3>6.8.3.&nbsp;
7796 Getting amount of instrument directories</h3>
7797
7798 <p>The front-end can retrieve the current amount of
7799 directories in a specific directory by sending the following command:
7800 </p>
7801 <p>
7802 </p>
7803 <blockquote class="text">
7804 <p>GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES [RECURSIVE] &lt;dir&gt;
7805 </p>
7806 </blockquote><p>
7807
7808 </p>
7809 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; should be replaced by the absolute path
7810 name of the directory. If RECURSIVE is specified, the number of
7811 all directories, including those located in subdirectories of the
7812 specified directory, will be returned.
7813 </p>
7814 <p>Possible Answers:
7815 </p>
7816 <p>
7817 </p>
7818 <blockquote class="text">
7819 <p>The current number of instrument directories
7820 in the specified directory.
7821 </p>
7822 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
7823 </p>
7824 <blockquote class="text">
7825 <p>if the given directory does not exist.
7826 </p>
7827 </blockquote>
7828
7829
7830 </blockquote><p>
7831
7832 </p>
7833 <p>Example:
7834 </p>
7835 <p>
7836 </p>
7837 <blockquote class="text">
7838 <p>C: "GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES '/'"
7839 </p>
7840 <p>S: "2"
7841 </p>
7842 </blockquote><p>
7843
7844 </p>
7845 <a name="LIST DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES"></a><br /><hr />
7846 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7847 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.4"></a><h3>6.8.4.&nbsp;
7848 Listing all directories in specific directory</h3>
7849
7850 <p>The front-end can retrieve the current list of directories
7851 in specific directory by sending the following command:
7852 </p>
7853 <p>
7854 </p>
7855 <blockquote class="text">
7856 <p>LIST DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES [RECURSIVE] &lt;dir&gt;
7857 </p>
7858 </blockquote><p>
7859
7860 </p>
7861 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; should be replaced by the absolute path
7862 name of the directory. If RECURSIVE is specified, the absolute path names
7863 of all directories, including those located in subdirectories of the
7864 specified directory, will be returned.
7865 </p>
7866 <p>Possible Answers:
7867 </p>
7868 <p>
7869 </p>
7870 <blockquote class="text">
7871 <p>A comma separated list of all instrument directories
7872 (encapsulated into apostrophes) in the specified directory.
7873 </p>
7874 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
7875 </p>
7876 <blockquote class="text">
7877 <p>if the given directory does not exist.
7878 </p>
7879 </blockquote>
7880
7881
7882 </blockquote><p>
7883
7884 </p>
7885 <p>Example:
7886 </p>
7887 <p>
7888 </p>
7889 <blockquote class="text">
7890 <p>C: "LIST DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES '/'"
7891 </p>
7892 <p>S: "'Piano Collection','Percussion Collection'"
7893 </p>
7894 </blockquote><p>
7895
7896 </p>
7897 <p>
7898 </p>
7899 <blockquote class="text">
7900 <p>C: "LIST DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES RECURSIVE '/'"
7901 </p>
7902 <p>S: "'/Piano Collection','/Piano Collection/Acoustic','/Piano Collection/Acoustic/New','/Percussion Collection'"
7903 </p>
7904 </blockquote><p>
7905
7906 </p>
7907 <a name="GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO"></a><br /><hr />
7908 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7909 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.5"></a><h3>6.8.5.&nbsp;
7910 Getting instrument directory information</h3>
7911
7912 <p>The front-end can ask for the current settings of an
7913 instrument directory by sending the following command:
7914 </p>
7915 <p>
7916 </p>
7917 <blockquote class="text">
7918 <p>GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO &lt;dir&gt;
7919 </p>
7920 </blockquote><p>
7921
7922 </p>
7923 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; should be replaced by the absolute path
7924 name of the directory the front-end is interested in.
7925 </p>
7926 <p>Possible Answers:
7927 </p>
7928 <p>
7929 </p>
7930 <blockquote class="text">
7931 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
7932 Each answer line begins with the settings category name
7933 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
7934 the info character string to that setting category. At the
7935 moment the following categories are defined:
7936 </p>
7937 <p>
7938 </p>
7939 <blockquote class="text">
7940 <p>DESCRIPTION -
7941 </p>
7942 <blockquote class="text">
7943 <p>A brief description of the directory content.
7944 Note that the character string may contain
7945 <a class='info' href='#character_set'>escape sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>.
7946 </p>
7947 </blockquote>
7948
7949
7950 <p>CREATED -
7951 </p>
7952 <blockquote class="text">
7953 <p>The creation date and time of the directory,
7954 represented in "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format
7955 </p>
7956 </blockquote>
7957
7958
7959 <p>MODIFIED -
7960 </p>
7961 <blockquote class="text">
7962 <p>The date and time of the last modification of the
7963 directory, represented in "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format
7964 </p>
7965 </blockquote>
7966
7967
7968 </blockquote>
7969
7970
7971 </blockquote><p>
7972
7973 </p>
7974 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
7975 </p>
7976 <p>Example:
7977 </p>
7978 <p>
7979 </p>
7980 <blockquote class="text">
7981 <p>C: "GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO '/Piano Collection'"
7982 </p>
7983 <p>S: "DESCRIPTION: Piano collection of instruments in GigaSampler format."
7984 </p>
7985 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"CREATED: 2007-02-05 10:23:12"
7986 </p>
7987 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MODIFIED: 2007-04-07 12:50:21"
7988 </p>
7989 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
7990 </p>
7991 </blockquote><p>
7992
7993 </p>
7994 <a name="SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME"></a><br /><hr />
7995 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7996 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.6"></a><h3>6.8.6.&nbsp;
7997 Renaming an instrument directory</h3>
7998
7999 <p>The front-end can alter the name of a specific
8000 instrument directory by sending the following command:
8001 </p>
8002 <p>
8003 </p>
8004 <blockquote class="text">
8005 <p>SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME &lt;dir&gt; &lt;name&gt;
8006 </p>
8007 </blockquote><p>
8008
8009 </p>
8010 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; is the absolute path name of the directory and
8011 &lt;name&gt; is the new name for that directory.
8012 </p>
8013 <p>Possible Answers:
8014 </p>
8015 <p>
8016 </p>
8017 <blockquote class="text">
8018 <p>"OK" -
8019 </p>
8020 <blockquote class="text">
8021 <p>on success
8022 </p>
8023 </blockquote>
8024
8025
8026 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
8027 </p>
8028 <blockquote class="text">
8029 <p>in case the given directory does not exists,
8030 or if a directory with name equal to the new
8031 name already exists.
8032 </p>
8033 </blockquote>
8034
8035
8036 </blockquote><p>
8037
8038 </p>
8039 <p>Example:
8040 </p>
8041 <p>
8042 </p>
8043 <blockquote class="text">
8044 <p>C: "SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME '/Piano Collection/Acustic' 'Acoustic'"
8045 </p>
8046 <p>S: "OK"
8047 </p>
8048 </blockquote><p>
8049
8050 </p>
8051 <a name="MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY"></a><br /><hr />
8052 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
8053 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.7"></a><h3>6.8.7.&nbsp;
8054 Moving an instrument directory</h3>
8055
8056 <p>The front-end can move a specific
8057 instrument directory by sending the following command:
8058 </p>
8059 <p>
8060 </p>
8061 <blockquote class="text">
8062 <p>MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY &lt;dir&gt; &lt;dst&gt;
8063 </p>
8064 </blockquote><p>
8065
8066 </p>
8067 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; is the absolute path name of the directory
8068 to move and &lt;dst&gt; is the location where the directory will
8069 be moved to.
8070 </p>
8071 <p>Possible Answers:
8072 </p>
8073 <p>
8074 </p>
8075 <blockquote class="text">
8076 <p>"OK" -
8077 </p>
8078 <blockquote class="text">
8079 <p>on success
8080 </p>
8081 </blockquote>
8082
8083
8084 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
8085 </p>
8086 <blockquote class="text">
8087 <p>in case a given directory does not exists,
8088 or if a directory with name equal to the name
8089 of the specified directory already exists in
8090 the destination directory. Error is also thrown
8091 when trying to move a directory to a subdirectory
8092 of itself.
8093 </p>
8094 </blockquote>
8095
8096
8097 </blockquote><p>
8098
8099 </p>
8100 <p>Example:
8101 </p>
8102 <p>
8103 </p>
8104 <blockquote class="text">
8105 <p>C: "MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY '/Acoustic' '/Piano Collection/Acoustic'"
8106 </p>
8107 <p>S: "OK"
8108 </p>
8109 </blockquote><p>
8110
8111 </p>
8112 <a name="COPY DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY"></a><br /><hr />
8113 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
8114 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.8"></a><h3>6.8.8.&nbsp;
8115 Copying instrument directories</h3>
8116
8117 <p>The front-end can copy a specific
8118 instrument directory by sending the following command:
8119 </p>
8120 <p>
8121 </p>
8122 <blockquote class="text">
8123 <p>COPY DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY &lt;dir&gt; &lt;dst&gt;
8124 </p>
8125 </blockquote><p>
8126
8127 </p>
8128 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; is the absolute path name of the directory
8129 to copy and &lt;dst&gt; is the location where the directory will
8130 be copied to.
8131 </p>
8132 <p>Possible Answers:
8133 </p>
8134 <p>
8135 </p>
8136 <blockquote class="text">
8137 <p>"OK" -
8138 </p>
8139 <blockquote class="text">
8140 <p>on success
8141 </p>
8142 </blockquote>
8143
8144
8145 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
8146 </p>
8147 <blockquote class="text">
8148 <p>in case a given directory does not exists,
8149 or if a directory with name equal to the name
8150 of the specified directory already exists in
8151 the destination directory. Error is also thrown
8152 when trying to copy a directory to a subdirectory
8153 of itself.
8154 </p>
8155 </blockquote>
8156
8157
8158 </blockquote><p>
8159
8160 </p>
8161 <p>Example:
8162 </p>
8163 <p>
8164 </p>
8165 <blockquote class="text">
8166 <p>C: "COPY DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY '/Piano Collection/Acoustic' '/Acoustic/Pianos'"
8167 </p>
8168 <p>S: "OK"
8169 </p>
8170 </blockquote><p>
8171
8172 </p>
8173 <a name="SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION"></a><br /><hr />
8174 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
8175 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.9"></a><h3>6.8.9.&nbsp;
8176 Changing the description of directory</h3>
8177
8178 <p>The front-end can alter the description of a specific
8179 instrument directory by sending the following command:
8180 </p>
8181 <p>
8182 </p>
8183 <blockquote class="text">
8184 <p>SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION &lt;dir&gt; &lt;desc&gt;
8185 </p>
8186 </blockquote><p>
8187
8188 </p>
8189 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; is the absolute path name of the directory and
8190 &lt;desc&gt; is the new description for the directory
8191 (encapsulated into apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
8192 "<a class='info' href='#character_set'>Character Set and Escape Sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>").
8193 </p>
8194 <p>Possible Answers:
8195 </p>
8196 <p>
8197 </p>
8198 <blockquote class="text">
8199 <p>"OK" -
8200 </p>
8201 <blockquote class="text">
8202 <p>on success
8203 </p>
8204 </blockquote>
8205
8206
8207 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
8208 </p>
8209 <blockquote class="text">
8210 <p>in case the given directory does not exists.
8211 </p>
8212 </blockquote>
8213
8214
8215 </blockquote><p>
8216
8217 </p>
8218 <p>Example:
8219 </p>
8220 <p>
8221 </p>
8222 <blockquote class="text">
8223 <p>C: "SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION '/Piano Collection' 'A collection of piano instruments in various format.'"
8224 </p>
8225 <p>S: "OK"
8226 </p>
8227 </blockquote><p>
8228
8229 </p>
8230 <a name="FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES"></a><br /><hr />
8231 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
8232 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.10"></a><h3>6.8.10.&nbsp;
8233 Finding directories</h3>
8234
8235 <p>The front-end can search for directories
8236 in specific directory by sending the following command:
8237 </p>
8238 <p>
8239 </p>
8240 <blockquote class="text">
8241 <p>FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES [NON_RECURSIVE] &lt;dir&gt; &lt;criteria-list&gt;
8242 </p>
8243 </blockquote><p>
8244
8245 </p>
8246 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; should be replaced by the absolute path
8247 name of the directory to search in. If NON_RECURSIVE is specified, the
8248 directories located in subdirectories of the specified directory will not
8249 be searched. &lt;criteria-list&gt; is a list of search criterias
8250 in form of "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...". The following criterias are
8251 allowed:
8252 </p>
8253 <p>
8254
8255 <p>NAME='&lt;search-string&gt;'
8256 </p>
8257 <blockquote class="text">
8258 <p>Restricts the search to directories, which names
8259 satisfy the supplied search string (encapsulated into apostrophes,
8260 supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
8261 "<a class='info' href='#character_set'>Character Set and Escape Sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>").
8262 </p>
8263 </blockquote><p>
8264
8265 </p>
8266
8267
8268 <p>CREATED='[&lt;date-after&gt;]..[&lt;date-before&gt;]'
8269 </p>
8270 <blockquote class="text">
8271 <p>Restricts the search to directories, which creation
8272 date satisfies the specified period, where &lt;date-after&gt;
8273 and &lt;date-before&gt; are in "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format.
8274 If &lt;date-after&gt; is omitted the search is restricted to
8275 directories created before &lt;date-before&gt;. If
8276 &lt;date-before&gt; is omitted, the search is restricted
8277 to directories created after &lt;date-after&gt;.
8278 </p>
8279 </blockquote><p>
8280
8281 </p>
8282
8283
8284 <p>MODIFIED='[&lt;date-after&gt;]..[&lt;date-before&gt;]'
8285 </p>
8286 <blockquote class="text">
8287 <p>Restricts the search to directories, which
8288 date of last modification satisfies the specified period, where
8289 &lt;date-after&gt; and &lt;date-before&gt; are in "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS"
8290 format. If &lt;date-after&gt; is omitted the search is restricted to
8291 directories, which are last modified before &lt;date-before&gt;. If
8292 &lt;date-before&gt; is omitted, the search is restricted to directories,
8293 which are last modified after &lt;date-after&gt;.
8294 </p>
8295 </blockquote><p>
8296
8297 </p>
8298
8299
8300 <p>DESCRIPTION='&lt;search-string&gt;'
8301 </p>
8302 <blockquote class="text">
8303 <p>Restricts the search to directories with description
8304 that satisfies the supplied search string
8305 (encapsulated into apostrophes, supporting escape
8306 sequences as described in chapter
8307 "<a class='info' href='#character_set'>Character Set and Escape Sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>").
8308 </p>
8309 </blockquote><p>
8310
8311 </p>
8312
8313
8314 <p>Where &lt;search-string&gt; is either a regular expression, or a
8315 word list separated with spaces for OR search and with '+' for AND search.
8316 </p>
8317 <p>Possible Answers:
8318 </p>
8319 <p>
8320 </p>
8321 <blockquote class="text">
8322 <p>A comma separated list with the absolute path names (encapsulated into
8323 apostrophes) of all directories in the specified directory that satisfy
8324 the supplied search criterias.
8325 </p>
8326 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
8327 </p>
8328 <blockquote class="text">
8329 <p>if the given directory does not exist.
8330 </p>
8331 </blockquote>
8332
8333
8334 </blockquote><p>
8335
8336 </p>
8337 <p>Example:
8338 </p>
8339 <p>
8340 </p>
8341 <blockquote class="text">
8342 <p>C: "FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES '/' NAME='Piano'"
8343 </p>
8344 <p>S: "'/Piano Collection'"
8345 </p>
8346 </blockquote><p>
8347
8348 </p>
8349 <p>
8350 </p>
8351 <blockquote class="text">
8352 <p>C: "FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES '/' CREATED='..2007-04-01 09:30:13'"
8353 </p>
8354 <p>S: "'/Piano Collection','/Percussions'"
8355 </p>
8356 </blockquote><p>
8357
8358 </p>
8359 <a name="ADD DB_INSTRUMENTS"></a><br /><hr />
8360 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
8361 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.11"></a><h3>6.8.11.&nbsp;
8362 Adding instruments to the instruments database</h3>
8363
8364 <p>The front-end can add one or more instruments
8365 to the instruments database by sending the following command:
8366 </p>
8367 <p>
8368 </p>
8369 <blockquote class="text">
8370 <p>ADD DB_INSTRUMENTS [NON_MODAL] [&lt;mode&gt;[ FILE_AS_DIR]] &lt;db_dir&gt; &lt;file_path&gt; [&lt;instr_index&gt;]
8371 </p>
8372 </blockquote><p>
8373
8374 </p>
8375 <p>Where &lt;db_dir&gt; is the absolute path name of a directory
8376 (encapsulated into apostrophes) in the instruments database in which
8377 only the new instruments (that are not already in the database) will
8378 be added, &lt;file_path&gt; is the absolute path name of a file or
8379 directory in the file system (encapsulated into apostrophes). In case
8380 an instrument file is supplied, only the instruments in the specified
8381 file will be added to the instruments database. If the optional
8382 &lt;instr_index&gt; (the index of the instrument within the given file)
8383 is supplied too, then only the specified instrument will be added.
8384 In case a directory is supplied, the instruments in that directory
8385 will be added. The OPTIONAL &lt;mode&gt; argument is only applied
8386 when a directory is provided as &lt;file_path&gt; and specifies how the
8387 scanning will be done and has exactly the following possibilities:
8388 </p>
8389 <p>
8390 </p>
8391 <blockquote class="text">
8392 <p>"RECURSIVE" -
8393 </p>
8394 <blockquote class="text">
8395 <p>All instruments will be processed, including those
8396 in the subdirectories, and the respective subdirectory
8397 tree structure will be recreated in the instruments
8398 database
8399 </p>
8400 </blockquote>
8401
8402
8403 <p>"NON_RECURSIVE" -
8404 </p>
8405 <blockquote class="text">
8406 <p>Only the instruments in the specified directory
8407 will be added, the instruments in the subdirectories
8408 will not be processed.
8409 </p>
8410 </blockquote>
8411
8412
8413 <p>"FLAT" -
8414 </p>
8415 <blockquote class="text">
8416 <p>All instruments will be processed, including those
8417 in the subdirectories, but the respective subdirectory
8418 structure will not be recreated in the instruments
8419 database. All instruments will be added directly in
8420 the specified database directory.
8421 </p>
8422 </blockquote>
8423
8424
8425 </blockquote><p>
8426
8427 </p>
8428 <p> If FILE_AS_DIR argument is supplied, all instruments in an instrument
8429 file will be added to a separate directory in the instruments database, which
8430 name will be the name of the instrument file with the file extension stripped off.
8431
8432 </p>
8433 <p>The difference between regular and NON_MODAL versions of the command
8434 is that the regular command returns when the scanning is finished
8435 while NON_MODAL version returns immediately and a background process is launched.
8436 The <a class='info' href='#GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO'>GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting job status information</span><span>)</span></a>
8437 command can be used to monitor the scanning progress.
8438 </p>
8439 <p>Possible Answers:
8440 </p>
8441 <p>
8442 </p>
8443 <blockquote class="text">
8444 <p>"OK" -
8445 </p>
8446 <blockquote class="text">
8447 <p>on success when NON_MODAL is not supplied
8448 </p>
8449 </blockquote>
8450
8451
8452 <p>"OK[&lt;job-id&gt;]" -
8453 </p>
8454 <blockquote class="text">
8455 <p>on success when NON_MODAL is supplied, where &lt;job-id&gt;
8456 is a numerical ID used to obtain status information about the job progress.
8457 See <a class='info' href='#GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO'>GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting job status information</span><span>)</span></a>
8458
8459 </p>
8460 </blockquote>
8461
8462
8463 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
8464 </p>
8465 <blockquote class="text">
8466 <p>if an invalid path is specified.
8467 </p>
8468 </blockquote>
8469
8470
8471 </blockquote><p>
8472
8473 </p>
8474 <p>Examples:
8475 </p>
8476 <p>
8477 </p>
8478 <blockquote class="text">
8479 <p>C: "ADD DB_INSTRUMENTS '/Piano Collection' '/home/me/gigs/PMI Bosendorfer 290.gig' 0"
8480 </p>
8481 <p>S: "OK"
8482 </p>
8483 </blockquote><p>
8484
8485 </p>
8486 <a name="REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT"></a><br /><hr />
8487 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
8488 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.12"></a><h3>6.8.12.&nbsp;
8489 Removing an instrument</h3>
8490
8491 <p>The front-end can remove a particular instrument
8492 from the instruments database by sending the following command:
8493 </p>
8494 <p>
8495 </p>
8496 <blockquote class="text">
8497 <p>REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT &lt;instr_path&gt;
8498 </p>
8499 </blockquote><p>
8500
8501 </p>
8502 <p>Where &lt;instr_path&gt; is the absolute path name
8503 (in the instruments database) of the instrument to remove.
8504 </p>
8505 <p>Possible Answers:
8506 </p>
8507 <p>
8508 </p>
8509 <blockquote class="text">
8510 <p>"OK" -
8511 </p>
8512 <blockquote class="text">
8513 <p>if the instrument is removed successfully
8514 </p>
8515 </blockquote>
8516
8517
8518 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
8519 </p>
8520 <blockquote class="text">
8521 <p>if the given path does not exist or
8522 is a directory.
8523 </p>
8524 </blockquote>
8525
8526
8527 </blockquote><p>
8528
8529 </p>
8530 <p>Examples:
8531 </p>
8532 <p>
8533 </p>
8534 <blockquote class="text">
8535 <p>C: "REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT '/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290'"
8536 </p>
8537 <p>S: "OK"
8538 </p>
8539 </blockquote><p>
8540
8541 </p>
8542 <a name="GET DB_INSTRUMENTS"></a><br /><hr />
8543 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
8544 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.13"></a><h3>6.8.13.&nbsp;
8545 Getting amount of instruments</h3>
8546
8547 <p>The front-end can retrieve the current amount of
8548 instruments in a specific directory by sending the following command:
8549 </p>
8550 <p>
8551 </p>
8552 <blockquote class="text">
8553 <p>GET DB_INSTRUMENTS [RECURSIVE] &lt;dir&gt;
8554 </p>
8555 </blockquote><p>
8556
8557 </p>
8558 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; should be replaced by the absolute path name
8559 of the directory. If RECURSIVE is specified, the number of all
8560 instruments, including those located in subdirectories of the
8561 specified directory, will be returned.
8562 </p>
8563 <p>Possible Answers:
8564 </p>
8565 <p>
8566 </p>
8567 <blockquote class="text">
8568 <p>The current number of instruments
8569 in the specified directory.
8570 </p>
8571 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
8572 </p>
8573 <blockquote class="text">
8574 <p>if the given directory does not exist.
8575 </p>
8576 </blockquote>
8577
8578
8579 </blockquote><p>
8580
8581 </p>
8582 <p>Example:
8583 </p>
8584 <p>
8585 </p>
8586 <blockquote class="text">
8587 <p>C: "GET DB_INSTRUMENTS '/Piano Collection'"
8588 </p>
8589 <p>S: "2"
8590 </p>
8591 </blockquote><p>
8592
8593 </p>
8594 <a name="LIST DB_INSTRUMENTS"></a><br /><hr />
8595 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
8596 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.14"></a><h3>6.8.14.&nbsp;
8597 Listing all instruments in specific directory</h3>
8598
8599 <p>The front-end can retrieve the current list of instruments
8600 in specific directory by sending the following command:
8601 </p>
8602 <p>
8603 </p>
8604 <blockquote class="text">
8605 <p>LIST DB_INSTRUMENTS [RECURSIVE] &lt;dir&gt;
8606 </p>
8607 </blockquote><p>
8608
8609 </p>
8610 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; should be replaced by the absolute path
8611 name of the directory. If RECURSIVE is specified, the absolute path
8612 names of all instruments, including those located in subdirectories
8613 of the specified directory, will be returned.
8614 </p>
8615 <p>Possible Answers:
8616 </p>
8617 <p>
8618 </p>
8619 <blockquote class="text">
8620 <p>A comma separated list of all instruments
8621 (encapsulated into apostrophes) in the specified directory.
8622 </p>
8623 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
8624 </p>
8625 <blockquote class="text">
8626 <p>if the given directory does not exist.
8627 </p>
8628 </blockquote>
8629
8630
8631 </blockquote><p>
8632
8633 </p>
8634 <p>Example:
8635 </p>
8636 <p>
8637 </p>
8638 <blockquote class="text">
8639 <p>C: "LIST DB_INSTRUMENTS '/Piano Collection'"
8640 </p>
8641 <p>S: "'Bosendorfer 290','Steinway D'"
8642 </p>
8643 </blockquote><p>
8644
8645 </p>
8646 <p>
8647 </p>
8648 <blockquote class="text">
8649 <p>C: "LIST DB_INSTRUMENTS RECURSIVE '/Piano Collection'"
8650 </p>
8651 <p>S: "'/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290','/Piano Collection/Steinway D','/Piano Collection/Lite/Free Piano'"
8652 </p>
8653 </blockquote><p>
8654
8655 </p>
8656 <a name="GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO"></a><br /><hr />
8657 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
8658 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.15"></a><h3>6.8.15.&nbsp;
8659 Getting instrument information</h3>
8660
8661 <p>The front-end can ask for the current settings of an
8662 instrument by sending the following command:
8663 </p>
8664 <p>
8665 </p>
8666 <blockquote class="text">
8667 <p>GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO &lt;instr_path&gt;
8668 </p>
8669 </blockquote><p>
8670
8671 </p>
8672 <p>Where &lt;instr_path&gt; should be replaced by the absolute path
8673 name of the instrument the front-end is interested in.
8674 </p>
8675 <p>Possible Answers:
8676 </p>
8677 <p>
8678 </p>
8679 <blockquote class="text">
8680 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
8681 Each answer line begins with the settings category name
8682 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
8683 the info character string to that setting category. At the
8684 moment the following categories are defined:
8685 </p>
8686 <p>
8687 </p>
8688 <blockquote class="text">
8689 <p>INSTRUMENT_FILE -
8690 </p>
8691 <blockquote class="text">
8692 <p>File name of the instrument.
8693 Note that the character string may contain
8694 <a class='info' href='#character_set'>escape sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>.
8695 </p>
8696 </blockquote>
8697
8698
8699 <p>INSTRUMENT_NR -
8700 </p>
8701 <blockquote class="text">
8702 <p>Index of the instrument within the file.
8703 </p>
8704 </blockquote>
8705
8706
8707 <p>FORMAT_FAMILY -
8708 </p>
8709 <blockquote class="text">
8710 <p>The format family of the instrument.
8711 </p>
8712 </blockquote>
8713
8714
8715 <p>FORMAT_VERSION -
8716 </p>
8717 <blockquote class="text">
8718 <p>The format version of the instrument.
8719 </p>
8720 </blockquote>
8721
8722
8723 <p>SIZE -
8724 </p>
8725 <blockquote class="text">
8726 <p>The size of the instrument in bytes.
8727 </p>
8728 </blockquote>
8729
8730
8731 <p>CREATED -
8732 </p>
8733 <blockquote class="text">
8734 <p>The date and time when the instrument is added
8735 in the instruments database, represented in
8736 "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format
8737 </p>
8738 </blockquote>
8739
8740
8741 <p>MODIFIED -
8742 </p>
8743 <blockquote class="text">
8744 <p>The date and time of the last modification of the
8745 instrument's database settings, represented in
8746 "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format
8747 </p>
8748 </blockquote>
8749
8750
8751 <p>DESCRIPTION -
8752 </p>
8753 <blockquote class="text">
8754 <p>A brief description of the instrument.
8755 Note that the character string may contain
8756 <a class='info' href='#character_set'>escape sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>.
8757 </p>
8758 </blockquote>
8759
8760
8761 <p>IS_DRUM -
8762 </p>
8763 <blockquote class="text">
8764 <p>either true or false, determines whether the
8765 instrument is a drumkit or a chromatic instrument
8766 </p>
8767 </blockquote>
8768
8769
8770 <p>PRODUCT -
8771 </p>
8772 <blockquote class="text">
8773 <p>The product title of the instrument.
8774 Note that the character string may contain
8775 <a class='info' href='#character_set'>escape sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>.
8776 </p>
8777 </blockquote>
8778
8779
8780 <p>ARTISTS -
8781 </p>
8782 <blockquote class="text">
8783 <p>Lists the artist names.
8784 Note that the character string may contain
8785 <a class='info' href='#character_set'>escape sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>.
8786 </p>
8787 </blockquote>
8788
8789
8790 <p>KEYWORDS -
8791 </p>
8792 <blockquote class="text">
8793 <p>Provides a list of keywords that refer to the instrument.
8794 Keywords are separated with semicolon and blank.
8795 Note that the character string may contain
8796 <a class='info' href='#character_set'>escape sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>.
8797 </p>
8798 </blockquote>
8799
8800
8801 </blockquote>
8802
8803
8804 </blockquote><p>
8805
8806 </p>
8807 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
8808 </p>
8809 <p>Example:
8810 </p>
8811 <p>
8812 </p>
8813 <blockquote class="text">
8814 <p>C: "GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO '/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290'"
8815 </p>
8816 <p>S: "INSTRUMENT_FILE: /home/me/gigs/Bosendorfer 290.gig"
8817 </p>
8818 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"INSTRUMENT_NR: 0"
8819 </p>
8820 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FORMAT_FAMILY: GIG"
8821 </p>
8822 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FORMAT_VERSION: 2"
8823 </p>
8824 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"SIZE: 2050871870"
8825 </p>
8826 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"CREATED: 2007-02-05 10:23:12"
8827 </p>
8828 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MODIFIED: 2007-04-07 12:50:21"
8829 </p>
8830 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"DESCRIPTION: "
8831 </p>
8832 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"IS_DRUM: false"
8833 </p>
8834 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"PRODUCT: GRANDIOSO Bosendorfer 290"
8835 </p>
8836 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"ARTISTS: Post Musical Instruments"
8837 </p>
8838 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"KEYWORDS: Bosendorfer"
8839 </p>
8840 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
8841 </p>
8842 </blockquote><p>
8843
8844 </p>
8845 <a name="SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME"></a><br /><hr />
8846 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
8847 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.16"></a><h3>6.8.16.&nbsp;
8848 Renaming an instrument</h3>
8849
8850 <p>The front-end can alter the name of a specific
8851 instrument by sending the following command:
8852 </p>
8853 <p>
8854 </p>
8855 <blockquote class="text">
8856 <p>SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME &lt;instr&gt; &lt;name&gt;
8857 </p>
8858 </blockquote><p>
8859
8860 </p>
8861 <p>Where &lt;instr&gt; is the absolute path name of the instrument and
8862 &lt;name&gt; is the new name for that instrument.
8863 </p>
8864 <p>Possible Answers:
8865 </p>
8866 <p>
8867 </p>
8868 <blockquote class="text">
8869 <p>"OK" -
8870 </p>
8871 <blockquote class="text">
8872 <p>on success
8873 </p>
8874 </blockquote>
8875
8876
8877 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
8878 </p>
8879 <blockquote class="text">
8880 <p>in case the given instrument does not exists,
8881 or if an instrument with name equal to the new
8882 name already exists.
8883 </p>
8884 </blockquote>
8885
8886
8887 </blockquote><p>
8888
8889 </p>
8890 <p>Example:
8891 </p>
8892 <p>
8893 </p>
8894 <blockquote class="text">
8895 <p>C: "SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME '/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer' 'Bosendorfer 290'"
8896 </p>
8897 <p>S: "OK"
8898 </p>
8899 </blockquote><p>
8900
8901 </p>
8902 <a name="MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT"></a><br /><hr />
8903 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
8904 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.17"></a><h3>6.8.17.&nbsp;
8905 Moving an instrument</h3>
8906
8907 <p>The front-end can move a specific instrument to another directory by
8908 sending the following command:
8909 </p>
8910 <p>
8911 </p>
8912 <blockquote class="text">
8913 <p>MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT &lt;instr&gt; &lt;dst&gt;
8914 </p>
8915 </blockquote><p>
8916
8917 </p>
8918 <p>Where &lt;instr&gt; is the absolute path name of the instrument
8919 to move and &lt;dst&gt; is the directory where the instrument will
8920 be moved to.
8921 </p>
8922 <p>Possible Answers:
8923 </p>
8924 <p>
8925 </p>
8926 <blockquote class="text">
8927 <p>"OK" -
8928 </p>
8929 <blockquote class="text">
8930 <p>on success
8931 </p>
8932 </blockquote>
8933
8934
8935 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
8936 </p>
8937 <blockquote class="text">
8938 <p>in case the given instrument does not exists,
8939 or if an instrument with name equal to the name of the
8940 specified instrument already exists in the destination
8941 directory.
8942 </p>
8943 </blockquote>
8944
8945
8946 </blockquote><p>
8947
8948 </p>
8949 <p>Example:
8950 </p>
8951 <p>
8952 </p>
8953 <blockquote class="text">
8954 <p>C: "MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT '/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290' '/Piano Collection/Acoustic'"
8955 </p>
8956 <p>S: "OK"
8957 </p>
8958 </blockquote><p>
8959
8960 </p>
8961 <a name="COPY DB_INSTRUMENT"></a><br /><hr />
8962 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
8963 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.18"></a><h3>6.8.18.&nbsp;
8964 Copying instruments</h3>
8965
8966 <p>The front-end can copy a specific instrument to another directory by
8967 sending the following command:
8968 </p>
8969 <p>
8970 </p>
8971 <blockquote class="text">
8972 <p>COPY DB_INSTRUMENT &lt;instr&gt; &lt;dst&gt;
8973 </p>
8974 </blockquote><p>
8975
8976 </p>
8977 <p>Where &lt;instr&gt; is the absolute path name of the instrument
8978 to copy and &lt;dst&gt; is the directory where the instrument will
8979 be copied to.
8980 </p>
8981 <p>Possible Answers:
8982 </p>
8983 <p>
8984 </p>
8985 <blockquote class="text">
8986 <p>"OK" -
8987 </p>
8988 <blockquote class="text">
8989 <p>on success
8990 </p>
8991 </blockquote>
8992
8993
8994 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
8995 </p>
8996 <blockquote class="text">
8997 <p>in case the given instrument does not exists,
8998 or if an instrument with name equal to the name of the
8999 specified instrument already exists in the destination
9000 directory.
9001 </p>
9002 </blockquote>
9003
9004
9005 </blockquote><p>
9006
9007 </p>
9008 <p>Example:
9009 </p>
9010 <p>
9011 </p>
9012 <blockquote class="text">
9013 <p>C: "COPY DB_INSTRUMENT '/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290' '/Acoustic/Pianos/'"
9014 </p>
9015 <p>S: "OK"
9016 </p>
9017 </blockquote><p>
9018
9019 </p>
9020 <a name="SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION"></a><br /><hr />
9021 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9022 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.19"></a><h3>6.8.19.&nbsp;
9023 Changing the description of instrument</h3>
9024
9025 <p>The front-end can alter the description of a specific
9026 instrument by sending the following command:
9027 </p>
9028 <p>
9029 </p>
9030 <blockquote class="text">
9031 <p>SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION &lt;instr&gt; &lt;desc&gt;
9032 </p>
9033 </blockquote><p>
9034
9035 </p>
9036 <p>Where &lt;instr&gt; is the absolute path name of the instrument and
9037 &lt;desc&gt; is the new description for the instrument
9038 (encapsulated into apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
9039 "<a class='info' href='#character_set'>Character Set and Escape Sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>").
9040 </p>
9041 <p>Possible Answers:
9042 </p>
9043 <p>
9044 </p>
9045 <blockquote class="text">
9046 <p>"OK" -
9047 </p>
9048 <blockquote class="text">
9049 <p>on success
9050 </p>
9051 </blockquote>
9052
9053
9054 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
9055 </p>
9056 <blockquote class="text">
9057 <p>in case the given instrument does not exists.
9058 </p>
9059 </blockquote>
9060
9061
9062 </blockquote><p>
9063
9064 </p>
9065 <p>Example:
9066 </p>
9067 <p>
9068 </p>
9069 <blockquote class="text">
9070 <p>C: "SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION '/Piano Collection/Acoustic/Bosendorfer 290' 'No comment :)'"
9071 </p>
9072 <p>S: "OK"
9073 </p>
9074 </blockquote><p>
9075
9076 </p>
9077 <a name="FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS"></a><br /><hr />
9078 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9079 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.20"></a><h3>6.8.20.&nbsp;
9080 Finding instruments</h3>
9081
9082 <p>The front-end can search for instruments
9083 in specific directory by sending the following command:
9084 </p>
9085 <p>
9086 </p>
9087 <blockquote class="text">
9088 <p>FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS [NON_RECURSIVE] &lt;dir&gt; &lt;criteria-list&gt;
9089 </p>
9090 </blockquote><p>
9091
9092 </p>
9093 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; should be replaced by the absolute path
9094 name of the directory to search in. If NON_RECURSIVE is specified, the
9095 directories located in subdirectories of the specified directory will not
9096 be searched. &lt;criteria-list&gt; is a list of search criterias
9097 in form of "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...". The following criterias are
9098 allowed:
9099 </p>
9100 <p>
9101
9102 <p>NAME='&lt;search-string&gt;'
9103 </p>
9104 <blockquote class="text">
9105 <p>Restricts the search to instruments, which names
9106 satisfy the supplied search string (encapsulated into apostrophes,
9107 supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
9108 "<a class='info' href='#character_set'>Character Set and Escape Sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>").
9109 </p>
9110 </blockquote><p>
9111
9112 </p>
9113
9114
9115 <p>SIZE=[&lt;min&gt;]..[&lt;max&gt;]
9116 </p>
9117 <blockquote class="text">
9118 <p>Restricts the search to instruments, which
9119 size is in the specified range. If &lt;min&gt; is omitted,
9120 the search results are restricted to instruments with size less then
9121 or equal to &lt;max&gt;. If &lt;max&gt; is omitted, the
9122 search is restricted to instruments with size greater then
9123 or equal to &lt;min&gt;.
9124 </p>
9125 </blockquote><p>
9126
9127 </p>
9128
9129
9130 <p>CREATED='[&lt;date-after&gt;]..[&lt;date-before&gt;]'
9131 </p>
9132 <blockquote class="text">
9133 <p>Restricts the search to instruments, which creation
9134 date satisfies the specified period, where &lt;date-after&gt;
9135 and &lt;date-before&gt; are in "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format.
9136 If &lt;date-after&gt; is omitted the search is restricted to
9137 instruments created before &lt;date-before&gt;. If
9138 &lt;date-before&gt; is omitted, the search is restricted
9139 to instruments created after &lt;date-after&gt;.
9140 </p>
9141 </blockquote><p>
9142
9143 </p>
9144
9145
9146 <p>MODIFIED='[&lt;date-after&gt;]..[&lt;date-before&gt;]'
9147 </p>
9148 <blockquote class="text">
9149 <p>Restricts the search to instruments, which
9150 date of last modification satisfies the specified period, where
9151 &lt;date-after&gt; and &lt;date-before&gt; are in "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS"
9152 format. If &lt;date-after&gt; is omitted the search is restricted to
9153 instruments, which are last modified before &lt;date-before&gt;. If
9154 &lt;date-before&gt; is omitted, the search is restricted to instruments,
9155 which are last modified after &lt;date-after&gt;.
9156 </p>
9157 </blockquote><p>
9158
9159 </p>
9160
9161
9162 <p>DESCRIPTION='&lt;search-string&gt;'
9163 </p>
9164 <blockquote class="text">
9165 <p>Restricts the search to instruments with description
9166 that satisfies the supplied search string (encapsulated into apostrophes,
9167 supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
9168 "<a class='info' href='#character_set'>Character Set and Escape Sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>").
9169 </p>
9170 </blockquote><p>
9171
9172 </p>
9173
9174
9175 <p>PRODUCT='&lt;search-string&gt;'
9176 </p>
9177 <blockquote class="text">
9178 <p>Restricts the search to instruments with product info
9179 that satisfies the supplied search string (encapsulated into apostrophes,
9180 supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
9181 "<a class='info' href='#character_set'>Character Set and Escape Sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>").
9182 </p>
9183 </blockquote><p>
9184
9185 </p>
9186
9187
9188 <p>ARTISTS='&lt;search-string&gt;'
9189 </p>
9190 <blockquote class="text">
9191 <p>Restricts the search to instruments with artists info
9192 that satisfies the supplied search string (encapsulated into apostrophes,
9193 supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
9194 "<a class='info' href='#character_set'>Character Set and Escape Sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>").
9195 </p>
9196 </blockquote><p>
9197
9198 </p>
9199
9200
9201 <p>KEYWORDS='&lt;search-string&gt;'
9202 </p>
9203 <blockquote class="text">
9204 <p>Restricts the search to instruments with keyword list
9205 that satisfies the supplied search string (encapsulated into apostrophes,
9206 supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
9207 "<a class='info' href='#character_set'>Character Set and Escape Sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>").
9208 </p>
9209 </blockquote><p>
9210
9211 </p>
9212
9213
9214 <p>IS_DRUM=true | false
9215 </p>
9216 <blockquote class="text">
9217 <p>Either true or false. Restricts the search to
9218 drum kits or chromatic instruments.
9219 </p>
9220 </blockquote><p>
9221
9222 </p>
9223
9224
9225 <p>FORMAT_FAMILIES='&lt;format-list&gt;'
9226 </p>
9227 <blockquote class="text">
9228 <p>Restricts the search to instruments of the supplied format families,
9229 where &lt;format-list&gt; is a comma separated list of format families.
9230 </p>
9231 </blockquote><p>
9232
9233 </p>
9234
9235
9236 <p>Where &lt;search-string&gt; is either a regular expression, or a
9237 word list separated with spaces for OR search and with '+' for AND search.
9238 </p>
9239 <p>Possible Answers:
9240 </p>
9241 <p>
9242 </p>
9243 <blockquote class="text">
9244 <p>A comma separated list with the absolute path names (encapsulated into
9245 apostrophes) of all instruments in the specified directory that satisfy
9246 the supplied search criterias.
9247 </p>
9248 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
9249 </p>
9250 <blockquote class="text">
9251 <p>if the given directory does not exist.
9252 </p>
9253 </blockquote>
9254
9255
9256 </blockquote><p>
9257
9258 </p>
9259 <p>Example:
9260 </p>
9261 <p>
9262 </p>
9263 <blockquote class="text">
9264 <p>C: "FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS '/Piano Collection' NAME='bosendorfer+290'"
9265 </p>
9266 <p>S: "'/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290'"
9267 </p>
9268 </blockquote><p>
9269
9270 </p>
9271 <p>
9272 </p>
9273 <blockquote class="text">
9274 <p>C: "FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS '/Piano Collection' CREATED='2007-04-01 09:30:13..'"
9275 </p>
9276 <p>S: "'/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290','/Piano Collection/Steinway D'"
9277 </p>
9278 </blockquote><p>
9279
9280 </p>
9281 <a name="GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO"></a><br /><hr />
9282 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9283 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.21"></a><h3>6.8.21.&nbsp;
9284 Getting job status information</h3>
9285
9286 <p>The front-end can ask for the current status of a
9287 particular database instruments job by sending the following command:
9288 </p>
9289 <p>
9290 </p>
9291 <blockquote class="text">
9292 <p>GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO &lt;job-id&gt;
9293 </p>
9294 </blockquote><p>
9295
9296 </p>
9297 <p>Where &lt;job-id&gt; should be replaced by the numerical ID
9298 of the job the front-end is interested in.
9299 </p>
9300 <p>Possible Answers:
9301 </p>
9302 <p>
9303 </p>
9304 <blockquote class="text">
9305 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
9306 Each answer line begins with the settings category name
9307 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
9308 the info character string to that setting category. At the
9309 moment the following categories are defined:
9310 </p>
9311 <p>
9312 </p>
9313 <blockquote class="text">
9314 <p>FILES_TOTAL -
9315 </p>
9316 <blockquote class="text">
9317 <p>The total number of files scheduled for scanning
9318 </p>
9319 </blockquote>
9320
9321
9322 <p>FILES_SCANNED -
9323 </p>
9324 <blockquote class="text">
9325 <p>The current number of scanned files
9326 </p>
9327 </blockquote>
9328
9329
9330 <p>SCANNING -
9331 </p>
9332 <blockquote class="text">
9333 <p>The absolute path name of the file which is currently
9334 being scanned
9335 </p>
9336 </blockquote>
9337
9338
9339 <p>STATUS -
9340 </p>
9341 <blockquote class="text">
9342 <p>An integer value between 0 and 100 indicating the
9343 scanning progress percentage of the file which is
9344 currently being scanned
9345 </p>
9346 </blockquote>
9347
9348
9349 </blockquote>
9350
9351
9352 </blockquote><p>
9353
9354 </p>
9355 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
9356 </p>
9357 <p>Example:
9358 </p>
9359 <p>
9360 </p>
9361 <blockquote class="text">
9362 <p>C: "GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO 2"
9363 </p>
9364 <p>S: "FILES_TOTAL: 12"
9365 </p>
9366 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FILES_SCANNED: 7"
9367 </p>
9368 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"SCANNING: /home/me/gigs/Bosendorfer 290.gig"
9369 </p>
9370 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"STATUS: 42"
9371 </p>
9372 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
9373 </p>
9374 </blockquote><p>
9375
9376 </p>
9377 <a name="FORMAT INSTRUMENTS_DB"></a><br /><hr />
9378 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9379 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.22"></a><h3>6.8.22.&nbsp;
9380 Formatting the instruments database</h3>
9381
9382 <p>The front-end can remove all instruments and directories and re-create
9383 the instruments database structure (e.g., in case of a database corruption)
9384 by sending the following command:
9385 </p>
9386 <p>
9387 </p>
9388 <blockquote class="text">
9389 <p>FORMAT INSTRUMENTS_DB
9390 </p>
9391 </blockquote><p>
9392
9393 </p>
9394 <p>Possible Answers:
9395 </p>
9396 <p>
9397 </p>
9398 <blockquote class="text">
9399 <p>"OK" -
9400 </p>
9401 <blockquote class="text">
9402 <p>on success
9403 </p>
9404 </blockquote>
9405
9406
9407 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
9408 </p>
9409 <blockquote class="text">
9410 <p>If the formatting of the instruments database
9411 failed.
9412 </p>
9413 </blockquote>
9414
9415
9416 </blockquote><p>
9417
9418 </p>
9419 <a name="FIND LOST DB_INSTRUMENT_FILES"></a><br /><hr />
9420 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9421 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.23"></a><h3>6.8.23.&nbsp;
9422 Checking for lost instrument files</h3>
9423
9424 <p>The front-end can retrieve the list of all instrument files in the instruments database
9425 that don't exist in the filesystem by sending the following command:
9426 </p>
9427 <p>
9428 </p>
9429 <blockquote class="text">
9430 <p>FIND LOST DB_INSTRUMENT_FILES
9431 </p>
9432 </blockquote><p>
9433
9434 </p>
9435 <p>Possible Answers:
9436 </p>
9437 <p>
9438 </p>
9439 <blockquote class="text">
9440 <p>A comma separated list with the absolute path names
9441 (encapsulated into apostrophes) of all lost instrument files.
9442 </p>
9443 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
9444 </p>
9445 <blockquote class="text">
9446 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message.
9447 </p>
9448 </blockquote>
9449
9450
9451 </blockquote><p>
9452
9453 </p>
9454 <p>Example:
9455 </p>
9456 <p>
9457 </p>
9458 <blockquote class="text">
9459 <p>C: "FIND LOST DB_INSTRUMENT_FILES"
9460 </p>
9461 <p>S: "'/gigs/Bosendorfer 290.gig','/gigs/Steinway D.gig','/gigs/Free Piano.gig'"
9462 </p>
9463 </blockquote><p>
9464
9465 </p>
9466 <a name="SET DB_INSTRUMENT FILE_PATH"></a><br /><hr />
9467 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9468 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.24"></a><h3>6.8.24.&nbsp;
9469 Replacing an instrument file</h3>
9470
9471 <p>The front-end can substitute all occurrences of an instrument file
9472 in the instruments database with a new one by sending the following command:
9473 </p>
9474 <p>
9475 </p>
9476 <blockquote class="text">
9477 <p>SET DB_INSTRUMENT FILE_PATH &lt;old_path&gt; &lt;new_path&gt;
9478 </p>
9479 </blockquote><p>
9480
9481 </p>
9482 <p>Where &lt;old_path&gt; is the absolute path name of the instrument file
9483 to substitute with &lt;new_path&gt;.
9484 </p>
9485 <p>Possible Answers:
9486 </p>
9487 <p>
9488 </p>
9489 <blockquote class="text">
9490 <p>"OK" -
9491 </p>
9492 <blockquote class="text">
9493 <p>on success
9494 </p>
9495 </blockquote>
9496
9497
9498 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
9499 </p>
9500 <blockquote class="text">
9501 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message.
9502 </p>
9503 </blockquote>
9504
9505
9506 </blockquote><p>
9507
9508 </p>
9509 <p>Example:
9510 </p>
9511 <p>
9512 </p>
9513 <blockquote class="text">
9514 <p>C: "SET DB_INSTRUMENT FILE_PATH '/gigs/Bosendorfer 290.gig' '/gigs/pianos/Bosendorfer 290.gig'"
9515 </p>
9516 <p>S: "OK"
9517 </p>
9518 </blockquote><p>
9519
9520 </p>
9521 <a name="editing_instruments"></a><br /><hr />
9522 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9523 <a name="rfc.section.6.9"></a><h3>6.9.&nbsp;
9524 Editing Instruments</h3>
9525
9526 <p>The sampler allows to edit instruments while playing with the
9527 sampler by spawning an external (3rd party) instrument editor
9528 application for a given instrument. The 3rd party instrument
9529 editor applications have to place a respective plugin DLL file
9530 into the sampler's plugins directory. The sampler will
9531 automatically try to load all plugin DLLs in that directory on
9532 startup and only on startup!
9533 </p>
9534 <p>At the moment there is only one command for this feature set,
9535 but this will most probably change in future.
9536 </p>
9537 <a name="EDIT INSTRUMENT"></a><br /><hr />
9538 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9539 <a name="rfc.section.6.9.1"></a><h3>6.9.1.&nbsp;
9540 Opening an appropriate instrument editor application</h3>
9541
9542 <p>The front-end can request to open an appropriate instrument
9543 editor application by sending the following command:
9544 </p>
9545 <p>
9546 </p>
9547 <blockquote class="text">
9548 <p>EDIT CHANNEL INSTRUMENT &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
9549 </p>
9550 </blockquote><p>
9551
9552 </p>
9553 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; should be replaced by the
9554 number of the sampler channel as given by the
9555 <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
9556 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a>
9557 command.
9558 </p>
9559 <p>The sampler will try to ask all registered instrument
9560 editors (or to be more specific: their sampler plugins)
9561 whether they are capable to handle the instrument on the
9562 given sampler channel. The sampler will simply use the first
9563 instrument editor application which replied with a positive
9564 answer and spawn that instrument editor application within
9565 the sampler's process and provide that application access
9566 to the instrument's data structures, so both applications
9567 can share and access the same instruments data at the same
9568 time, thus allowing to immediately hear changes with the
9569 sampler made by the instrument editor.
9570 </p>
9571 <p>Note: consequently instrument editors are always spawned
9572 locally on the same machine where the sampler is running
9573 on!
9574 </p>
9575 <p>Possible Answers:
9576 </p>
9577 <p>
9578 </p>
9579 <blockquote class="text">
9580 <p>"OK" -
9581 </p>
9582 <blockquote class="text">
9583 <p>when an appropriate instrument editor was
9584 launched
9585 </p>
9586 </blockquote>
9587
9588
9589 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
9590 </p>
9591 <blockquote class="text">
9592 <p>when an appropriate instrument editor was
9593 launched, but there are noteworthy issues
9594 </p>
9595 </blockquote>
9596
9597
9598 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
9599 </p>
9600 <blockquote class="text">
9601 <p>when an appropriate instrument editor
9602 could not be launched
9603 </p>
9604 </blockquote>
9605
9606
9607 </blockquote><p>
9608
9609 </p>
9610 <p>Examples:
9611 </p>
9612 <p>
9613 </p>
9614 <blockquote class="text">
9615 <p>C: "EDIT CHANNEL INSTRUMENT 0"
9616 </p>
9617 <p>S: "OK"
9618 </p>
9619 </blockquote><p>
9620
9621 </p>
9622 <a name="file_management"></a><br /><hr />
9623 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9624 <a name="rfc.section.6.10"></a><h3>6.10.&nbsp;
9625 Managing Files</h3>
9626
9627 <p>You can query detailed informations about files located
9628 at the same system where the sampler instance is running on.
9629 Using this command set allows to retrieve file informations
9630 even remotely from another machine.
9631 </p>
9632 <a name="GET FILE INSTRUMENTS"></a><br /><hr />
9633 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9634 <a name="rfc.section.6.10.1"></a><h3>6.10.1.&nbsp;
9635 Retrieving amount of instruments of a file</h3>
9636
9637 <p>The front-end can retrieve the amount of instruments
9638 within a given instrument file by sending the
9639 following command:
9640 </p>
9641 <p>
9642 </p>
9643 <blockquote class="text">
9644 <p>GET FILE INSTRUMENTS &lt;filename&gt;
9645 </p>
9646 </blockquote><p>
9647
9648 </p>
9649 <p>Where &lt;filename&gt; is the name of the instrument
9650 file (encapsulated into apostrophes, supporting escape
9651 sequences as described in chapter
9652 "<a class='info' href='#character_set'>Character Set and Escape
9653 Sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>").
9654 </p>
9655 <p>The sampler will try to ask all sampler engines,
9656 whether they support the given file and ask the first
9657 engine with a positive answer for the amount of
9658 instruments.
9659 </p>
9660 <p>Possible Answers:
9661 </p>
9662 <p>
9663 </p>
9664 <blockquote class="text">
9665 <p>On success, the sampler will answer by
9666 returning the amount of instruments.
9667
9668 </p>
9669 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
9670 </p>
9671 <blockquote class="text">
9672 <p>if the file could not be handled
9673 </p>
9674 </blockquote>
9675
9676
9677 </blockquote><p>
9678
9679 </p>
9680 <p>Examples:
9681 </p>
9682 <p>
9683 </p>
9684 <blockquote class="text">
9685 <p>C: "GET FILE INSTRUMENTS 'D:/Sounds/Foo.gig'"
9686 </p>
9687 <p>S: "10"
9688 </p>
9689 </blockquote><p>
9690
9691 </p>
9692 <a name="LIST FILE INSTRUMENTS"></a><br /><hr />
9693 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9694 <a name="rfc.section.6.10.2"></a><h3>6.10.2.&nbsp;
9695 Retrieving all instruments of a file</h3>
9696
9697 <p>The front-end can retrieve a list of all instruments
9698 within a given instrument file by sending the
9699 following command:
9700 </p>
9701 <p>
9702 </p>
9703 <blockquote class="text">
9704 <p>LIST FILE INSTRUMENTS &lt;filename&gt;
9705 </p>
9706 </blockquote><p>
9707
9708 </p>
9709 <p>Where &lt;filename&gt; is the name of the instrument
9710 file (encapsulated into apostrophes, supporting escape
9711 sequences as described in chapter
9712 "<a class='info' href='#character_set'>Character Set and Escape
9713 Sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>").
9714 </p>
9715 <p>The sampler will try to ask all sampler engines,
9716 whether they support the given file and ask the first
9717 engine with a positive answer for a list of IDs for the
9718 instruments in the given file.
9719 </p>
9720 <p>Possible Answers:
9721 </p>
9722 <p>
9723 </p>
9724 <blockquote class="text">
9725 <p>On success, the sampler will answer by
9726 returning a comma separated list of
9727 instrument IDs.
9728
9729 </p>
9730 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
9731 </p>
9732 <blockquote class="text">
9733 <p>if the file could not be handled
9734 </p>
9735 </blockquote>
9736
9737
9738 </blockquote><p>
9739
9740 </p>
9741 <p>Examples:
9742 </p>
9743 <p>
9744 </p>
9745 <blockquote class="text">
9746 <p>C: "LIST FILE INSTRUMENTS 'D:/Sounds/Foo.gig'"
9747 </p>
9748 <p>S: "0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9"
9749 </p>
9750 </blockquote><p>
9751
9752 </p>
9753 <a name="GET FILE INSTRUMENT INFO"></a><br /><hr />
9754 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9755 <a name="rfc.section.6.10.3"></a><h3>6.10.3.&nbsp;
9756 Retrieving informations about one instrument in a file</h3>
9757
9758 <p>The front-end can retrieve detailed informations
9759 about a specific instrument within a given instrument
9760 file by sending the following command:
9761 </p>
9762 <p>
9763 </p>
9764 <blockquote class="text">
9765 <p>GET FILE INSTRUMENT INFO &lt;filename&gt;
9766 &lt;instr-id&gt;
9767 </p>
9768 </blockquote><p>
9769
9770 </p>
9771 <p>Where &lt;filename&gt; is the name of the instrument
9772 file (encapsulated into apostrophes, supporting escape
9773 sequences as described in chapter
9774 "<a class='info' href='#character_set'>Character Set and Escape
9775 Sequences<span> (</span><span class='info'>Character Set and Escape Sequences</span><span>)</span></a>") and &lt;instr-id&gt; is the numeric
9776 instrument ID as returned by the
9777 <a class='info' href='#LIST FILE INSTRUMENTS'>"LIST FILE INSTRUMENTS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Retrieving all instruments of a file</span><span>)</span></a> command.
9778 </p>
9779 <p>The sampler will try to ask all sampler engines,
9780 whether they support the given file and ask the first
9781 engine with a positive answer for informations about the
9782 specific instrument in the given file.
9783 </p>
9784 <p>Possible Answers:
9785 </p>
9786 <p>
9787 </p>
9788 <blockquote class="text">
9789 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
9790 Each answer line begins with the settings category name
9791 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
9792 the info character string to that setting category. At the
9793 moment the following categories are defined:
9794 </p>
9795 <p>
9796 </p>
9797 <blockquote class="text">
9798 <p>NAME -
9799 </p>
9800 <blockquote class="text">
9801 <p>name of the instrument as
9802 stored in the instrument file
9803 </p>
9804 </blockquote>
9805
9806
9807 <p>FORMAT_FAMILY -
9808 </p>
9809 <blockquote class="text">
9810 <p>name of the sampler format
9811 of the given instrument
9812 </p>
9813 </blockquote>
9814
9815
9816 <p>FORMAT_VERSION -
9817 </p>
9818 <blockquote class="text">
9819 <p>version of the sampler format
9820 the instrumen is stored as
9821 </p>
9822 </blockquote>
9823
9824
9825 <p>PRODUCT -
9826 </p>
9827 <blockquote class="text">
9828 <p>official product name of the
9829 instrument as stored in the file
9830
9831 </p>
9832 </blockquote>
9833
9834
9835 <p>ARTISTS -
9836 </p>
9837 <blockquote class="text">
9838 <p>artists / sample library
9839 vendor of the instrument
9840 </p>
9841 </blockquote>
9842
9843
9844 <p>KEY_BINDINGS -
9845 </p>
9846 <blockquote class="text">
9847 <p>comma separated list of integer values representing
9848 the instrument's key mapping in the range between 0 .. 127,
9849 reflecting the analog meaning of the MIDI specification.
9850 </p>
9851 </blockquote>
9852
9853
9854 <p>KEYSWITCH_BINDINGS -
9855 </p>
9856 <blockquote class="text">
9857 <p>comma separated list of integer values representing
9858 the instrument's keyswitch mapping in the range between 0 .. 127,
9859 reflecting the analog meaning of the MIDI specification.
9860 </p>
9861 </blockquote>
9862
9863
9864 </blockquote>
9865
9866
9867 </blockquote><p>
9868
9869 </p>
9870 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
9871 </p>
9872 <p>Example:
9873 </p>
9874 <p>
9875 </p>
9876 <blockquote class="text">
9877 <p>C: "GET FILE INSTRUMENT INFO 'D:/Sounds/Foo.gig' 0"
9878 </p>
9879 <p>S: "NAME: Lunatic Loops"
9880 </p>
9881 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FORMAT_FAMILY: GIG"
9882 </p>
9883 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FORMAT_VERSION: 3"
9884 </p>
9885 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"PRODUCT: The Backbone Bongo Beats"
9886 </p>
9887 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"ARTISTS: Jimmy the Fish"
9888 </p>
9889 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
9890 </p>
9891 </blockquote><p>
9892
9893 </p>
9894 <a name="command_syntax"></a><br /><hr />
9895 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9896 <a name="rfc.section.7"></a><h3>7.&nbsp;
9897 Command Syntax</h3>
9898
9899 <p>The grammar of the control protocol as descibed in <a class='info' href='#control_commands'>Section&nbsp;6<span> (</span><span class='info'>Description for control commands</span><span>)</span></a>
9900 is defined below using Backus-Naur Form (BNF as described in <a class='info' href='#RFC2234'>[RFC2234]<span> (</span><span class='info'>Crocker, D. and P. Overell, &ldquo;Augmented BNF for Syntax Specifications,&rdquo; 1997.</span><span>)</span></a>)
9901 where applicable.
9902
9903 </p>
9904 <p>input =
9905 </p>
9906 <blockquote class="text">
9907 <p>line LF
9908
9909 </p>
9910 <p>/ line CR LF
9911
9912 </p>
9913 </blockquote><p>
9914
9915 </p>
9916 <p>line =
9917 </p>
9918 <blockquote class="text">
9919 <p>/* epsilon (empty line ignored) */
9920
9921 </p>
9922 <p>/ comment
9923
9924 </p>
9925 <p>/ command
9926
9927 </p>
9928 <p>/ error
9929
9930 </p>
9931 </blockquote><p>
9932
9933 </p>
9934 <p>comment =
9935 </p>
9936 <blockquote class="text">
9937 <p>'#'
9938
9939 </p>
9940 <p>/ comment '#'
9941
9942 </p>
9943 <p>/ comment SP
9944
9945 </p>
9946 <p>/ comment number
9947
9948 </p>
9949 <p>/ comment string
9950
9951 </p>
9952 </blockquote><p>
9953
9954 </p>
9955 <p>command =
9956 </p>
9957 <blockquote class="text">
9958 <p>ADD SP add_instruction
9959
9960 </p>
9961 <p>/ MAP SP map_instruction
9962
9963 </p>
9964 <p>/ UNMAP SP unmap_instruction
9965
9966 </p>
9967 <p>/ GET SP get_instruction
9968
9969 </p>
9970 <p>/ CREATE SP create_instruction
9971
9972 </p>
9973 <p>/ DESTROY SP destroy_instruction
9974
9975 </p>
9976 <p>/ LIST SP list_instruction
9977
9978 </p>
9979 <p>/ LOAD SP load_instruction
9980
9981 </p>
9982 <p>/ REMOVE SP remove_instruction
9983
9984 </p>
9985 <p>/ SET SP set_instruction
9986
9987 </p>
9988 <p>/ SUBSCRIBE SP subscribe_event
9989
9990 </p>
9991 <p>/ UNSUBSCRIBE SP unsubscribe_event
9992
9993 </p>
9994 <p>/ RESET SP reset_instruction
9995
9996 </p>
9997 <p>/ CLEAR SP clear_instruction
9998
9999 </p>
10000 <p>/ FIND SP find_instruction
10001
10002 </p>
10003 <p>/ MOVE SP move_instruction
10004
10005 </p>
10006 <p>/ COPY SP copy_instruction
10007
10008 </p>
10009 <p>/ EDIT SP edit_instruction
10010
10011 </p>
10012 <p>/ FORMAT SP format_instruction
10013
10014 </p>
10015 <p>/ SEND SP send_instruction
10016
10017 </p>
10018 <p>/ RESET
10019
10020 </p>
10021 <p>/ QUIT
10022
10023 </p>
10024 </blockquote><p>
10025
10026 </p>
10027 <p>add_instruction =
10028 </p>
10029 <blockquote class="text">
10030 <p>CHANNEL
10031
10032 </p>
10033 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP db_path
10034
10035 </p>
10036 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP NON_MODAL SP scan_mode SP db_path SP filename
10037
10038 </p>
10039 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP NON_MODAL SP scan_mode SP FILE_AS_DIR SP db_path SP filename
10040
10041 </p>
10042 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP scan_mode SP db_path SP filename
10043
10044 </p>
10045 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP scan_mode SP FILE_AS_DIR SP db_path SP filename
10046
10047 </p>
10048 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP NON_MODAL SP db_path SP filename
10049
10050 </p>
10051 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP NON_MODAL SP db_path SP filename SP instrument_index
10052
10053 </p>
10054 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP db_path SP filename
10055
10056 </p>
10057 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP db_path SP filename SP instrument_index
10058
10059 </p>
10060 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP
10061
10062 </p>
10063 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP map_name
10064
10065 </p>
10066 </blockquote><p>
10067
10068 </p>
10069 <p>subscribe_event =
10070 </p>
10071 <blockquote class="text">
10072 <p>AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
10073
10074 </p>
10075 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO
10076
10077 </p>
10078 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
10079
10080 </p>
10081 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO
10082
10083 </p>
10084 <p>/ CHANNEL_COUNT
10085
10086 </p>
10087 <p>/ CHANNEL_MIDI
10088
10089 </p>
10090 <p>/ DEVICE_MIDI
10091
10092 </p>
10093 <p>/ VOICE_COUNT
10094
10095 </p>
10096 <p>/ STREAM_COUNT
10097
10098 </p>
10099 <p>/ BUFFER_FILL
10100
10101 </p>
10102 <p>/ CHANNEL_INFO
10103
10104 </p>
10105 <p>/ FX_SEND_COUNT
10106
10107 </p>
10108 <p>/ FX_SEND_INFO
10109
10110 </p>
10111 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT
10112
10113 </p>
10114 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO
10115
10116 </p>
10117 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
10118
10119 </p>
10120 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO
10121
10122 </p>
10123 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT
10124
10125 </p>
10126 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO
10127
10128 </p>
10129 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
10130
10131 </p>
10132 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO
10133
10134 </p>
10135 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB_INFO
10136
10137 </p>
10138 <p>/ MISCELLANEOUS
10139
10140 </p>
10141 <p>/ TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT
10142
10143 </p>
10144 <p>/ TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT
10145
10146 </p>
10147 <p>/ GLOBAL_INFO
10148
10149 </p>
10150 </blockquote><p>
10151
10152 </p>
10153 <p>unsubscribe_event =
10154 </p>
10155 <blockquote class="text">
10156 <p>AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
10157
10158 </p>
10159 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO
10160
10161 </p>
10162 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
10163
10164 </p>
10165 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO
10166
10167 </p>
10168 <p>/ CHANNEL_COUNT
10169
10170 </p>
10171 <p>/ CHANNEL_MIDI
10172
10173 </p>
10174 <p>/ DEVICE_MIDI
10175
10176 </p>
10177 <p>/ VOICE_COUNT
10178
10179 </p>
10180 <p>/ STREAM_COUNT
10181
10182 </p>
10183 <p>/ BUFFER_FILL
10184
10185 </p>
10186 <p>/ CHANNEL_INFO
10187
10188 </p>
10189 <p>/ FX_SEND_COUNT
10190
10191 </p>
10192 <p>/ FX_SEND_INFO
10193
10194 </p>
10195 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT
10196
10197 </p>
10198 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO
10199
10200 </p>
10201 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
10202
10203 </p>
10204 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO
10205
10206 </p>
10207 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT
10208
10209 </p>
10210 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO
10211
10212 </p>
10213 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
10214
10215 </p>
10216 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO
10217
10218 </p>
10219 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB_INFO
10220
10221 </p>
10222 <p>/ MISCELLANEOUS
10223
10224 </p>
10225 <p>/ TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT
10226
10227 </p>
10228 <p>/ TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT
10229
10230 </p>
10231 <p>/ GLOBAL_INFO
10232
10233 </p>
10234 </blockquote><p>
10235
10236 </p>
10237 <p>map_instruction =
10238 </p>
10239 <blockquote class="text">
10240 <p>MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP modal_arg midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog SP engine_name SP filename SP instrument_index SP volume_value
10241
10242 </p>
10243 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP modal_arg midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog SP engine_name SP filename SP instrument_index SP volume_value SP instr_load_mode
10244
10245 </p>
10246 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP modal_arg midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog SP engine_name SP filename SP instrument_index SP volume_value SP entry_name
10247
10248 </p>
10249 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP modal_arg midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog SP engine_name SP filename SP instrument_index SP volume_value SP instr_load_mode SP entry_name
10250
10251 </p>
10252 </blockquote><p>
10253
10254 </p>
10255 <p>unmap_instruction =
10256 </p>
10257 <blockquote class="text">
10258 <p>MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog
10259
10260 </p>
10261 </blockquote><p>
10262
10263 </p>
10264 <p>remove_instruction =
10265 </p>
10266 <blockquote class="text">
10267 <p>CHANNEL SP sampler_channel
10268
10269 </p>
10270 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP midi_map
10271
10272 </p>
10273 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP ALL
10274
10275 </p>
10276 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP FORCE SP db_path
10277
10278 </p>
10279 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP db_path
10280
10281 </p>
10282 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT SP db_path
10283
10284 </p>
10285 </blockquote><p>
10286
10287 </p>
10288 <p>get_instruction =
10289 </p>
10290 <blockquote class="text">
10291 <p>AVAILABLE_ENGINES
10292
10293 </p>
10294 <p>/ AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS
10295
10296 </p>
10297 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER SP INFO SP string
10298
10299 </p>
10300 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER SP INFO SP string SP string
10301
10302 </p>
10303 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER SP INFO SP string SP string SP key_val_list
10304
10305 </p>
10306 <p>/ AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS
10307
10308 </p>
10309 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER SP INFO SP string
10310
10311 </p>
10312 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER SP INFO SP string SP string
10313
10314 </p>
10315 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER SP INFO SP string SP string SP key_val_list
10316
10317 </p>
10318 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES
10319
10320 </p>
10321 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES
10322
10323 </p>
10324 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP INFO SP number
10325
10326 </p>
10327 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP INFO SP number
10328
10329 </p>
10330 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_PORT SP INFO SP number SP number
10331
10332 </p>
10333 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER SP INFO SP number SP number SP string
10334
10335 </p>
10336 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL SP INFO SP number SP number
10337
10338 </p>
10339 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER SP INFO SP number SP number SP string
10340
10341 </p>
10342 <p>/ CHANNELS
10343
10344 </p>
10345 <p>/ CHANNEL SP INFO SP sampler_channel
10346
10347 </p>
10348 <p>/ CHANNEL SP BUFFER_FILL SP buffer_size_type SP sampler_channel
10349
10350 </p>
10351 <p>/ CHANNEL SP STREAM_COUNT SP sampler_channel
10352
10353 </p>
10354 <p>/ CHANNEL SP VOICE_COUNT SP sampler_channel
10355
10356 </p>
10357 <p>/ ENGINE SP INFO SP engine_name
10358
10359 </p>
10360 <p>/ SERVER SP INFO
10361
10362 </p>
10363 <p>/ TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT
10364
10365 </p>
10366 <p>/ TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT
10367
10368 </p>
10369 <p>/ TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT_MAX
10370
10371 </p>
10372 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP midi_map
10373
10374 </p>
10375 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP ALL
10376
10377 </p>
10378 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP INFO SP midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog
10379
10380 </p>
10381 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS
10382
10383 </p>
10384 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP INFO SP midi_map
10385
10386 </p>
10387 <p>/ FX_SENDS SP sampler_channel
10388
10389 </p>
10390 <p>/ FX_SEND SP INFO SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id
10391
10392 </p>
10393 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP RECURSIVE SP db_path
10394
10395 </p>
10396 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP db_path
10397
10398 </p>
10399 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP INFO SP db_path
10400
10401 </p>
10402 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP RECURSIVE SP db_path
10403
10404 </p>
10405 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP db_path
10406
10407 </p>
10408 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT SP INFO SP db_path
10409
10410 </p>
10411 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB SP INFO SP number
10412
10413 </p>
10414 <p>/ VOLUME
10415
10416 </p>
10417 <p>/ VOICES
10418
10419 </p>
10420 <p>/ STREAMS
10421
10422 </p>
10423 <p>/ FILE SP INSTRUMENTS SP filename
10424
10425 </p>
10426 <p>/ FILE SP INSTRUMENT SP INFO SP filename SP instrument_index
10427
10428 </p>
10429 </blockquote><p>
10430
10431 </p>
10432 <p>set_instruction =
10433 </p>
10434 <blockquote class="text">
10435 <p>AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER SP number SP string '=' param_val_list
10436
10437 </p>
10438 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER SP number SP number SP string '=' param_val_list
10439
10440 </p>
10441 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER SP number SP string '=' param_val_list
10442
10443 </p>
10444 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER SP number SP number SP string '=' NONE
10445
10446 </p>
10447 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER SP number SP number SP string '=' param_val_list
10448
10449 </p>
10450 <p>/ CHANNEL SP set_chan_instruction
10451
10452 </p>
10453 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP NAME SP midi_map SP map_name
10454
10455 </p>
10456 <p>/ FX_SEND SP NAME SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id SP fx_send_name
10457
10458 </p>
10459 <p>/ FX_SEND SP AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id SP audio_channel_index SP audio_channel_index
10460
10461 </p>
10462 <p>/ FX_SEND SP MIDI_CONTROLLER SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id SP midi_ctrl
10463
10464 </p>
10465 <p>/ FX_SEND SP LEVEL SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id SP volume_value
10466
10467 </p>
10468 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP NAME SP db_path SP stringval_escaped
10469
10470 </p>
10471 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP DESCRIPTION SP db_path SP stringval_escaped
10472
10473 </p>
10474 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT SP NAME SP db_path SP stringval_escaped
10475
10476 </p>
10477 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT SP DESCRIPTION SP db_path SP stringval_escaped
10478
10479 </p>
10480 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT SP FILE_PATH SP filename SP filename
10481
10482 </p>
10483 <p>/ ECHO SP boolean
10484
10485 </p>
10486 <p>/ VOLUME SP volume_value
10487
10488 </p>
10489 <p>/ VOICES SP number
10490
10491 </p>
10492 <p>/ STREAMS SP number
10493
10494 </p>
10495 </blockquote><p>
10496
10497 </p>
10498 <p>create_instruction =
10499 </p>
10500 <blockquote class="text">
10501 <p>AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP string SP key_val_list
10502
10503 </p>
10504 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP string
10505
10506 </p>
10507 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP string SP key_val_list
10508
10509 </p>
10510 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP string
10511
10512 </p>
10513 <p>/ FX_SEND SP sampler_channel SP midi_ctrl
10514
10515 </p>
10516 <p>/ FX_SEND SP sampler_channel SP midi_ctrl SP fx_send_name
10517
10518 </p>
10519 </blockquote><p>
10520
10521 </p>
10522 <p>reset_instruction =
10523 </p>
10524 <blockquote class="text">
10525 <p>CHANNEL SP sampler_channel
10526
10527 </p>
10528 </blockquote><p>
10529
10530 </p>
10531 <p>clear_instruction =
10532 </p>
10533 <blockquote class="text">
10534 <p>MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP midi_map
10535
10536 </p>
10537 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP ALL
10538
10539 </p>
10540 </blockquote><p>
10541
10542 </p>
10543 <p>find_instruction =
10544 </p>
10545 <blockquote class="text">
10546 <p>DB_INSTRUMENTS SP NON_RECURSIVE SP db_path SP query_val_list
10547
10548 </p>
10549 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP db_path SP query_val_list
10550
10551 </p>
10552 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP NON_RECURSIVE SP db_path SP query_val_list
10553
10554 </p>
10555 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP db_path SP query_val_list
10556
10557 </p>
10558 <p>/ LOST SP DB_INSTRUMENT_FILES
10559
10560 </p>
10561 </blockquote><p>
10562
10563 </p>
10564 <p>move_instruction =
10565 </p>
10566 <blockquote class="text">
10567 <p>DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP db_path SP db_path
10568
10569 </p>
10570 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT SP db_path SP db_path
10571
10572 </p>
10573 </blockquote><p>
10574
10575 </p>
10576 <p>copy_instruction =
10577 </p>
10578 <blockquote class="text">
10579 <p>DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP db_path SP db_path
10580
10581 </p>
10582 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT SP db_path SP db_path
10583
10584 </p>
10585 </blockquote><p>
10586
10587 </p>
10588 <p>destroy_instruction =
10589 </p>
10590 <blockquote class="text">
10591 <p>AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP number
10592
10593 </p>
10594 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP number
10595
10596 </p>
10597 <p>/ FX_SEND SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id
10598
10599 </p>
10600 </blockquote><p>
10601
10602 </p>
10603 <p>load_instruction =
10604 </p>
10605 <blockquote class="text">
10606 <p>INSTRUMENT SP load_instr_args
10607
10608 </p>
10609 <p>/ ENGINE SP load_engine_args
10610
10611 </p>
10612 </blockquote><p>
10613
10614 </p>
10615 <p>set_chan_instruction =
10616 </p>
10617 <blockquote class="text">
10618 <p>AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP sampler_channel SP device_index
10619
10620 </p>
10621 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL SP sampler_channel SP audio_channel_index SP audio_channel_index
10622
10623 </p>
10624 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_TYPE SP sampler_channel SP audio_output_type_name
10625
10626 </p>
10627 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT SP sampler_channel SP device_index SP midi_input_port_index SP midi_input_channel_index
10628
10629 </p>
10630 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP sampler_channel SP device_index
10631
10632 </p>
10633 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_PORT SP sampler_channel SP midi_input_port_index
10634
10635 </p>
10636 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL SP sampler_channel SP midi_input_channel_index
10637
10638 </p>
10639 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_TYPE SP sampler_channel SP midi_input_type_name
10640
10641 </p>
10642 <p>/ VOLUME SP sampler_channel SP volume_value
10643
10644 </p>
10645 <p>/ MUTE SP sampler_channel SP boolean
10646
10647 </p>
10648 <p>/ SOLO SP sampler_channel SP boolean
10649
10650 </p>
10651 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP sampler_channel SP midi_map
10652
10653 </p>
10654 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP sampler_channel SP NONE
10655
10656 </p>
10657 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP sampler_channel SP DEFAULT
10658
10659 </p>
10660 </blockquote><p>
10661
10662 </p>
10663 <p>edit_instruction =
10664 </p>
10665 <blockquote class="text">
10666 <p>CHANNEL SP INSTRUMENT SP sampler_channel
10667
10668 </p>
10669 </blockquote><p>
10670
10671 </p>
10672 <p>format_instruction =
10673 </p>
10674 <blockquote class="text">
10675 <p>INSTRUMENTS_DB
10676
10677 </p>
10678 </blockquote><p>
10679
10680 </p>
10681 <p>modal_arg =
10682 </p>
10683 <blockquote class="text">
10684 <p>/* epsilon (empty argument) */
10685
10686 </p>
10687 <p>/ NON_MODAL SP
10688
10689 </p>
10690 </blockquote><p>
10691
10692 </p>
10693 <p>key_val_list =
10694 </p>
10695 <blockquote class="text">
10696 <p>string '=' param_val_list
10697
10698 </p>
10699 <p>/ key_val_list SP string '=' param_val_list
10700
10701 </p>
10702 </blockquote><p>
10703
10704 </p>
10705 <p>buffer_size_type =
10706 </p>
10707 <blockquote class="text">
10708 <p>BYTES
10709
10710 </p>
10711 <p>/ PERCENTAGE
10712
10713 </p>
10714 </blockquote><p>
10715
10716 </p>
10717 <p>list_instruction =
10718 </p>
10719 <blockquote class="text">
10720 <p>AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES
10721
10722 </p>
10723 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES
10724
10725 </p>
10726 <p>/ CHANNELS
10727
10728 </p>
10729 <p>/ AVAILABLE_ENGINES
10730
10731 </p>
10732 <p>/ AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS
10733
10734 </p>
10735 <p>/ AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS
10736
10737 </p>
10738 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP midi_map
10739
10740 </p>
10741 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP ALL
10742
10743 </p>
10744 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS
10745
10746 </p>
10747 <p>/ FX_SENDS SP sampler_channel
10748
10749 </p>
10750 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP RECURSIVE SP db_path
10751
10752 </p>
10753 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP db_path
10754
10755 </p>
10756 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP RECURSIVE SP db_path
10757
10758 </p>
10759 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP db_path
10760
10761 </p>
10762 <p>/ FILE SP INSTRUMENTS SP filename
10763
10764 </p>
10765 </blockquote><p>
10766
10767 </p>
10768 <p>send_instruction =
10769 </p>
10770 <blockquote class="text">
10771 <p>CHANNEL SP MIDI_DATA SP string SP sampler_channel SP number SP number
10772
10773 </p>
10774 </blockquote><p>
10775
10776 </p>
10777 <p>load_instr_args =
10778 </p>
10779 <blockquote class="text">
10780 <p>filename SP instrument_index SP sampler_channel
10781
10782 </p>
10783 <p>/ NON_MODAL SP filename SP instrument_index SP sampler_channel
10784
10785 </p>
10786 </blockquote><p>
10787
10788 </p>
10789 <p>load_engine_args =
10790 </p>
10791 <blockquote class="text">
10792 <p>engine_name SP sampler_channel
10793
10794 </p>
10795 </blockquote><p>
10796
10797 </p>
10798 <p>instr_load_mode =
10799 </p>
10800 <blockquote class="text">
10801 <p>ON_DEMAND
10802
10803 </p>
10804 <p>/ ON_DEMAND_HOLD
10805
10806 </p>
10807 <p>/ PERSISTENT
10808
10809 </p>
10810 </blockquote><p>
10811
10812 </p>
10813 <p>device_index =
10814 </p>
10815 <blockquote class="text">
10816 <p>number
10817
10818 </p>
10819 </blockquote><p>
10820
10821 </p>
10822 <p>audio_channel_index =
10823 </p>
10824 <blockquote class="text">
10825 <p>number
10826
10827 </p>
10828 </blockquote><p>
10829
10830 </p>
10831 <p>audio_output_type_name =
10832 </p>
10833 <blockquote class="text">
10834 <p>string
10835
10836 </p>
10837 </blockquote><p>
10838
10839 </p>
10840 <p>midi_input_port_index =
10841 </p>
10842 <blockquote class="text">
10843 <p>number
10844
10845 </p>
10846 </blockquote><p>
10847
10848 </p>
10849 <p>midi_input_channel_index =
10850 </p>
10851 <blockquote class="text">
10852 <p>number
10853
10854 </p>
10855 <p>/ ALL
10856
10857 </p>
10858 </blockquote><p>
10859
10860 </p>
10861 <p>midi_input_type_name =
10862 </p>
10863 <blockquote class="text">
10864 <p>string
10865
10866 </p>
10867 </blockquote><p>
10868
10869 </p>
10870 <p>midi_map =
10871 </p>
10872 <blockquote class="text">
10873 <p>number
10874
10875 </p>
10876 </blockquote><p>
10877
10878 </p>
10879 <p>midi_bank =
10880 </p>
10881 <blockquote class="text">
10882 <p>number
10883
10884 </p>
10885 </blockquote><p>
10886
10887 </p>
10888 <p>midi_prog =
10889 </p>
10890 <blockquote class="text">
10891 <p>number
10892
10893 </p>
10894 </blockquote><p>
10895
10896 </p>
10897 <p>midi_ctrl =
10898 </p>
10899 <blockquote class="text">
10900 <p>number
10901
10902 </p>
10903 </blockquote><p>
10904
10905 </p>
10906 <p>volume_value =
10907 </p>
10908 <blockquote class="text">
10909 <p>dotnum
10910
10911 </p>
10912 <p>/ number
10913
10914 </p>
10915 </blockquote><p>
10916
10917 </p>
10918 <p>sampler_channel =
10919 </p>
10920 <blockquote class="text">
10921 <p>number
10922
10923 </p>
10924 </blockquote><p>
10925
10926 </p>
10927 <p>instrument_index =
10928 </p>
10929 <blockquote class="text">
10930 <p>number
10931
10932 </p>
10933 </blockquote><p>
10934
10935 </p>
10936 <p>fx_send_id =
10937 </p>
10938 <blockquote class="text">
10939 <p>number
10940
10941 </p>
10942 </blockquote><p>
10943
10944 </p>
10945 <p>engine_name =
10946 </p>
10947 <blockquote class="text">
10948 <p>string
10949
10950 </p>
10951 </blockquote><p>
10952
10953 </p>
10954 <p>filename =
10955 </p>
10956 <blockquote class="text">
10957 <p>path
10958
10959 </p>
10960 </blockquote><p>
10961
10962 </p>
10963 <p>db_path =
10964 </p>
10965 <blockquote class="text">
10966 <p>path
10967
10968 </p>
10969 </blockquote><p>
10970
10971 </p>
10972 <p>map_name =
10973 </p>
10974 <blockquote class="text">
10975 <p>stringval_escaped
10976
10977 </p>
10978 </blockquote><p>
10979
10980 </p>
10981 <p>entry_name =
10982 </p>
10983 <blockquote class="text">
10984 <p>stringval_escaped
10985
10986 </p>
10987 </blockquote><p>
10988
10989 </p>
10990 <p>fx_send_name =
10991 </p>
10992 <blockquote class="text">
10993 <p>stringval_escaped
10994
10995 </p>
10996 </blockquote><p>
10997
10998 </p>
10999 <p>param_val_list =
11000 </p>
11001 <blockquote class="text">
11002 <p>param_val
11003
11004 </p>
11005 <p>/ param_val_list','param_val
11006
11007 </p>
11008 </blockquote><p>
11009
11010 </p>
11011 <p>param_val =
11012 </p>
11013 <blockquote class="text">
11014 <p>string
11015
11016 </p>
11017 <p>/ stringval
11018
11019 </p>
11020 <p>/ number
11021
11022 </p>
11023 <p>/ dotnum
11024
11025 </p>
11026 </blockquote><p>
11027
11028 </p>
11029 <p>query_val_list =
11030 </p>
11031 <blockquote class="text">
11032 <p>string '=' query_val
11033
11034 </p>
11035 <p>/ query_val_list SP string '=' query_val
11036
11037 </p>
11038 </blockquote><p>
11039
11040 </p>
11041 <p>query_val =
11042 </p>
11043 <blockquote class="text">
11044 <p>text_escaped
11045
11046 </p>
11047 <p>/ stringval_escaped
11048
11049 </p>
11050 </blockquote><p>
11051
11052 </p>
11053 <p>scan_mode =
11054 </p>
11055 <blockquote class="text">
11056 <p>RECURSIVE
11057
11058 </p>
11059 <p>/ NON_RECURSIVE
11060
11061 </p>
11062 <p>/ FLAT
11063
11064 </p>
11065 </blockquote><p>
11066
11067 </p>
11068 <a name="character_set"></a><br /><hr />
11069 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
11070 <a name="rfc.section.7.1"></a><h3>7.1.&nbsp;
11071 Character Set and Escape Sequences</h3>
11072
11073 <p>Older versions of this protocol up to and including v1.1 only
11074 supported the standard ASCII character set (ASCII code 0 - 127)
11075 <a class='info' href='#RFC20'>[RFC20]<span> (</span><span class='info'>UCLA, &ldquo;ASCII format for Network Interchange,&rdquo; 1969.</span><span>)</span></a>, all younger versions of this protocol
11076 however support the Extended ASCII character set (ASCII code
11077 0 - 255). The same group of younger protocols also support
11078 escape sequences, but only for certain, explicitly declared
11079 parts of the protocol. The supported escape sequences are
11080 defined as follows:
11081 </p><table class="full" align="center" border="0" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="2">
11082 <col align="left"><col align="left">
11083 <tr><th align="left">ASCII Character Sequence</th><th align="left">Translated into (Name)</th></tr>
11084 <tr>
11085 <td align="left">\n</td>
11086 <td align="left">new line</td>
11087 </tr>
11088 <tr>
11089 <td align="left">\r</td>
11090 <td align="left">carriage return</td>
11091 </tr>
11092 <tr>
11093 <td align="left">\f</td>
11094 <td align="left">form feed</td>
11095 </tr>
11096 <tr>
11097 <td align="left">\t</td>
11098 <td align="left">horizontal tab</td>
11099 </tr>
11100 <tr>
11101 <td align="left">\v</td>
11102 <td align="left">vertical tab</td>
11103 </tr>
11104 <tr>
11105 <td align="left">\'</td>
11106 <td align="left">apostrophe</td>
11107 </tr>
11108 <tr>
11109 <td align="left">\"</td>
11110 <td align="left">quotation mark</td>
11111 </tr>
11112 <tr>
11113 <td align="left">\\</td>
11114 <td align="left">backslash</td>
11115 </tr>
11116 <tr>
11117 <td align="left">\OOO</td>
11118 <td align="left">three digit octal ASCII code of the character</td>
11119 </tr>
11120 <tr>
11121 <td align="left">\xHH</td>
11122 <td align="left">two digit hex ASCII code of the character</td>
11123 </tr>
11124 </table>
11125 <br clear="all" />
11126
11127 <p>Notice: due to the transition of certain parts of the
11128 protocol which now support escape sequences, a slight backward
11129 incompatibility to protocols version v1.1 and younger has been
11130 introduced. The only difference is that in parts of the protocol
11131 where escape characters are now supported, a backslash characters
11132 MUST be escaped as well (that is as double backslash), whereas
11133 in the old versions a single backslash was sufficient.
11134 </p>
11135 <p>The following LSCP commands support escape sequences as part
11136 of their filename / path based arguments and / or may contain
11137 a filename / path with escape sequences in their response:
11138 </p>
11139 <blockquote class="text">
11140 <p><a class='info' href='#LOAD INSTRUMENT'>"LOAD INSTRUMENT"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Loading an instrument</span><span>)</span></a>
11141 </p>
11142 <p><a class='info' href='#GET CHANNEL INFO'>"GET CHANNEL INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting sampler channel information</span><span>)</span></a>
11143 </p>
11144 <p><a class='info' href='#MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT'>"MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Create or replace a MIDI instrument map entry</span><span>)</span></a>
11145 </p>
11146 <p><a class='info' href='#GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO'>"GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Get current settings of MIDI instrument map entry</span><span>)</span></a>
11147 </p>
11148 <p><a class='info' href='#ADD DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY'>"ADD DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating a new instrument directory</span><span>)</span></a>
11149 </p>
11150 <p><a class='info' href='#ADD DB_INSTRUMENTS'>"ADD DB_INSTRUMENTS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding instruments to the instruments database</span><span>)</span></a>
11151 </p>
11152 <p><a class='info' href='#REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY'>"REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Deleting an instrument directory</span><span>)</span></a>
11153 </p>
11154 <p><a class='info' href='#REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT'>"REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Removing an instrument</span><span>)</span></a>
11155 </p>
11156 <p><a class='info' href='#GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES'>"GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting amount of instrument directories</span><span>)</span></a>
11157 </p>
11158 <p><a class='info' href='#LIST DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES'>"LIST DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Listing all directories in specific directory</span><span>)</span></a>
11159 </p>
11160 <p><a class='info' href='#GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO'>"GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting instrument directory information</span><span>)</span></a>
11161 </p>
11162 <p><a class='info' href='#GET DB_INSTRUMENTS'>"GET DB_INSTRUMENTS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting amount of instruments</span><span>)</span></a>
11163 </p>
11164 <p><a class='info' href='#LIST DB_INSTRUMENTS'>"LIST DB_INSTRUMENTS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Listing all instruments in specific directory</span><span>)</span></a>
11165 </p>
11166 <p><a class='info' href='#GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO'>"GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting instrument information</span><span>)</span></a>
11167 </p>
11168 <p><a class='info' href='#SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME'>"SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Renaming an instrument directory</span><span>)</span></a>
11169 </p>
11170 <p><a class='info' href='#SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION'>"SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Changing the description of directory</span><span>)</span></a>
11171 </p>
11172 <p><a class='info' href='#SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME'>"SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Renaming an instrument</span><span>)</span></a>
11173 </p>
11174 <p><a class='info' href='#SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION'>"SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Changing the description of instrument</span><span>)</span></a>
11175 </p>
11176 <p><a class='info' href='#FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS'>"FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Finding instruments</span><span>)</span></a>
11177 </p>
11178 <p><a class='info' href='#FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES'>"FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Finding directories</span><span>)</span></a>
11179 </p>
11180 <p><a class='info' href='#MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT'>"MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Moving an instrument</span><span>)</span></a>
11181 </p>
11182 <p><a class='info' href='#MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY'>"MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Moving an instrument directory</span><span>)</span></a>
11183 </p>
11184 <p><a class='info' href='#COPY DB_INSTRUMENT'>"COPY DB_INSTRUMENT"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Copying instruments</span><span>)</span></a>
11185 </p>
11186 <p><a class='info' href='#COPY DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY'>"COPY DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Copying instrument directories</span><span>)</span></a>
11187 </p>
11188 <p><a class='info' href='#FIND LOST DB_INSTRUMENT_FILES'>"FIND LOST DB_INSTRUMENT_FILES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Checking for lost instrument files</span><span>)</span></a>
11189 </p>
11190 <p><a class='info' href='#SET DB_INSTRUMENT FILE_PATH'>"SET DB_INSTRUMENT FILE_PATH"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Replacing an instrument file</span><span>)</span></a>
11191 </p>
11192 <p><a class='info' href='#GET FILE INSTRUMENTS'>"GET FILE INSTRUMENTS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Retrieving amount of instruments of a file</span><span>)</span></a>
11193 </p>
11194 <p><a class='info' href='#LIST FILE INSTRUMENTS'>"LIST FILE INSTRUMENTS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Retrieving all instruments of a file</span><span>)</span></a>
11195 </p>
11196 <p><a class='info' href='#GET FILE INSTRUMENT INFO'>"GET FILE INSTRUMENT INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Retrieving informations about one instrument in a file</span><span>)</span></a>
11197 </p>
11198 </blockquote><p>
11199 Note that the forward slash character ('/') has a special meaning in
11200 filename / path based arguments: it acts as separator of the nodes in
11201 the path, thus if a directory- or filename includes a forward slash
11202 (not intended as path node separator), you MUST escape that slash
11203 either with the respective hex escape sequence ("\x2f") or with the
11204 respective octal escape sequence ("\057").
11205
11206 </p>
11207 <p>
11208 Note for Windows: file path arguments in LSCP are expected
11209 to use forward slashes as directory node separator similar
11210 to Unix based operating systems. In contrast to Unix however
11211 a Windows typical drive character is expected to be
11212 prefixed to the path. That is an original Windows file path
11213 like "D:\Sounds\My.gig" would become in LSCP:
11214 "D:/Sounds/My.gig".
11215
11216 </p>
11217 <p>
11218 The following LSCP commands even support escape sequences as
11219 part of at least one of their text-based arguments (i.e. entity name,
11220 description) and / or may contain escape sequences in at least one of
11221 their text-based fields in their response:
11222 </p>
11223 <blockquote class="text">
11224 <p><a class='info' href='#GET SERVER INFO'>"GET SERVER INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>General sampler informations</span><span>)</span></a>
11225 </p>
11226 <p><a class='info' href='#GET ENGINE INFO'>"GET ENGINE INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting information about an engine</span><span>)</span></a>
11227 </p>
11228 <p><a class='info' href='#GET CHANNEL INFO'>"GET CHANNEL INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting sampler channel information</span><span>)</span></a>
11229 </p>
11230 <p><a class='info' href='#CREATE FX_SEND'>"CREATE FX_SEND"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding an effect send to a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
11231 </p>
11232 <p><a class='info' href='#GET FX_SEND INFO'>"GET FX_SEND INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting effect send information</span><span>)</span></a>
11233 </p>
11234 <p><a class='info' href='#SET FX_SEND NAME'>"SET FX_SEND NAME"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Changing effect send's name</span><span>)</span></a>
11235 </p>
11236 <p><a class='info' href='#GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO'>"GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Get current settings of MIDI instrument map entry</span><span>)</span></a>
11237 </p>
11238 <p><a class='info' href='#GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP INFO'>"GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting MIDI instrument map information</span><span>)</span></a>
11239 </p>
11240 <p><a class='info' href='#ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP'>"ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Create a new MIDI instrument map</span><span>)</span></a>
11241 </p>
11242 <p><a class='info' href='#MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT'>"MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Create or replace a MIDI instrument map entry</span><span>)</span></a>
11243 </p>
11244 <p><a class='info' href='#SET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP NAME'>"SET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP NAME"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Renaming a MIDI instrument map</span><span>)</span></a>
11245 </p>
11246 <p><a class='info' href='#GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO'>"GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting instrument directory information</span><span>)</span></a>
11247 </p>
11248 <p><a class='info' href='#SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME'>"SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Renaming an instrument directory</span><span>)</span></a>
11249 </p>
11250 <p><a class='info' href='#SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION'>"SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Changing the description of directory</span><span>)</span></a>
11251 </p>
11252 <p><a class='info' href='#FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES'>"FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Finding directories</span><span>)</span></a>
11253 </p>
11254 <p><a class='info' href='#GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO'>"GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting instrument information</span><span>)</span></a>
11255 </p>
11256 <p><a class='info' href='#SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME'>"SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Renaming an instrument</span><span>)</span></a>
11257 </p>
11258 <p><a class='info' href='#SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION'>"SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Changing the description of instrument</span><span>)</span></a>
11259 </p>
11260 <p><a class='info' href='#FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS'>"FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Finding instruments</span><span>)</span></a>
11261 </p>
11262 </blockquote><p>
11263 Please note that these lists are manually maintained. If you
11264 find a command that also supports escape sequences we forgot to
11265 mention here, please report it!
11266
11267 </p>
11268 <a name="events"></a><br /><hr />
11269 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
11270 <a name="rfc.section.8"></a><h3>8.&nbsp;
11271 Events</h3>
11272
11273 <p>This chapter will describe all currently defined events supported by LinuxSampler.
11274 </p>
11275 <a name="SUBSCRIBE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
11276 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
11277 <a name="rfc.section.8.1"></a><h3>8.1.&nbsp;
11278 Number of audio output devices changed</h3>
11279
11280 <p>Client may want to be notified when the total number of audio output devices on the
11281 back-end changes by issuing the following command:
11282 </p>
11283 <p>
11284 </p>
11285 <blockquote class="text">
11286 <p>SUBSCRIBE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
11287 </p>
11288 </blockquote><p>
11289
11290 </p>
11291 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
11292 </p>
11293 <p>
11294 </p>
11295 <blockquote class="text">
11296 <p>"NOTIFY:AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT:&lt;devices&gt;"
11297 </p>
11298 </blockquote><p>
11299
11300 </p>
11301 <p>where &lt;devices&gt; will be replaced by the new number
11302 of audio output devices.
11303 </p>
11304 <a name="SUBSCRIBE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO"></a><br /><hr />
11305 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
11306 <a name="rfc.section.8.2"></a><h3>8.2.&nbsp;
11307 Audio output device's settings changed</h3>
11308
11309 <p>Client may want to be notified when changes were made to audio output devices on the
11310 back-end by issuing the following command:
11311 </p>
11312 <p>
11313 </p>
11314 <blockquote class="text">
11315 <p>SUBSCRIBE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO
11316 </p>
11317 </blockquote><p>
11318
11319 </p>
11320 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
11321 </p>
11322 <p>
11323 </p>
11324 <blockquote class="text">
11325 <p>"NOTIFY:AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO:&lt;device-id&gt;"
11326 </p>
11327 </blockquote><p>
11328
11329 </p>
11330 <p>where &lt;device-id&gt; will be replaced by the numerical ID of the audio output device,
11331 which settings has been changed. The front-end will have to send
11332 the respective command to actually get the audio output device info. Because these messages
11333 will be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than real
11334 time events happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
11335 message is sufficient here.
11336 </p>
11337 <a name="SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
11338 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
11339 <a name="rfc.section.8.3"></a><h3>8.3.&nbsp;
11340 Number of MIDI input devices changed</h3>
11341
11342 <p>Client may want to be notified when the total number of MIDI input devices on the
11343 back-end changes by issuing the following command:
11344 </p>
11345 <p>
11346 </p>
11347 <blockquote class="text">
11348 <p>SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
11349 </p>
11350 </blockquote><p>
11351
11352 </p>
11353 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
11354 </p>
11355 <p>
11356 </p>
11357 <blockquote class="text">
11358 <p>"NOTIFY:MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT:&lt;devices&gt;"
11359 </p>
11360 </blockquote><p>
11361
11362 </p>
11363 <p>where &lt;devices&gt; will be replaced by the new number
11364 of MIDI input devices.
11365 </p>
11366 <a name="SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO"></a><br /><hr />
11367 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
11368 <a name="rfc.section.8.4"></a><h3>8.4.&nbsp;
11369 MIDI input device's settings changed</h3>
11370
11371 <p>Client may want to be notified when changes were made to MIDI input devices on the
11372 back-end by issuing the following command:
11373 </p>
11374 <p>
11375 </p>
11376 <blockquote class="text">
11377 <p>SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO
11378 </p>
11379 </blockquote><p>
11380
11381 </p>
11382 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
11383 </p>
11384 <p>
11385 </p>
11386 <blockquote class="text">
11387 <p>"NOTIFY:MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO:&lt;device-id&gt;"
11388 </p>
11389 </blockquote><p>
11390
11391 </p>
11392 <p>where &lt;device-id&gt; will be replaced by the numerical ID of the MIDI input device,
11393 which settings has been changed. The front-end will have to send
11394 the respective command to actually get the MIDI input device info. Because these messages
11395 will be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than real
11396 time events happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
11397 message is sufficient here.
11398 </p>
11399 <a name="SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
11400 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
11401 <a name="rfc.section.8.5"></a><h3>8.5.&nbsp;
11402 Number of sampler channels changed</h3>
11403
11404 <p>Client may want to be notified when the total number of channels on the
11405 back-end changes by issuing the following command:
11406 </p>
11407 <p>
11408 </p>
11409 <blockquote class="text">
11410 <p>SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_COUNT
11411 </p>
11412 </blockquote><p>
11413
11414 </p>
11415 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
11416 </p>
11417 <p>
11418 </p>
11419 <blockquote class="text">
11420 <p>"NOTIFY:CHANNEL_COUNT:&lt;channels&gt;"
11421 </p>
11422 </blockquote><p>
11423
11424 </p>
11425 <p>where &lt;channels&gt; will be replaced by the new number
11426 of sampler channels.
11427 </p>
11428 <a name="SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_MIDI"></a><br /><hr />
11429 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
11430 <a name="rfc.section.8.6"></a><h3>8.6.&nbsp;
11431 MIDI data on a sampler channel arrived</h3>
11432
11433 <p>Client may want to be notified when MIDI data arrive on sampler channels on
11434 back-end side, by issuing the following command:
11435 </p>
11436 <p>
11437 </p>
11438 <blockquote class="text">
11439 <p>SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_MIDI
11440 </p>
11441 </blockquote><p>
11442
11443 </p>
11444 <p>Server will start sending one of the the following notification messages:
11445 </p>
11446 <p>
11447 </p>
11448 <blockquote class="text">
11449 <p>"NOTIFY:CHANNEL_MIDI:&lt;channel-id&gt; NOTE_ON &lt;note&gt; &lt;velocity&gt;"
11450 </p>
11451 <p>"NOTIFY:CHANNEL_MIDI:&lt;channel-id&gt; NOTE_OFF &lt;note&gt; &lt;velocity&gt;"
11452 </p>
11453 </blockquote><p>
11454
11455 </p>
11456 <p>where &lt;channel-id&gt; will be replaced by the ID of the sampler channel where the MIDI
11457 data arrived. &lt;note&gt; and &lt;velocity&gt; are integer values in the range between
11458 0 .. 127, reflecting the analog meaning of the MIDI specification.
11459
11460 </p>
11461 <p>CAUTION: no guarantee whatsoever will be made that MIDI events are actually all
11462 delivered by this mechanism! With other words: events could be lost at any time!
11463 This restriction was made to keep the RT-safeness of the backend's MIDI and audio
11464 thread unaffected by this feature.
11465 </p>
11466 <a name="SUBSCRIBE DEVICE_MIDI"></a><br /><hr />
11467 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
11468 <a name="rfc.section.8.7"></a><h3>8.7.&nbsp;
11469 MIDI data on a MIDI input device arrived</h3>
11470
11471 <p>Client may want to be notified when MIDI data arrive on MIDI input devices by issuing the following command:
11472 </p>
11473 <p>
11474 </p>
11475 <blockquote class="text">
11476 <p>SUBSCRIBE DEVICE_MIDI
11477 </p>
11478 </blockquote><p>
11479
11480 </p>
11481 <p>Server will start sending one of the the following notification messages:
11482 </p>
11483 <p>
11484 </p>
11485 <blockquote class="text">
11486 <p>"NOTIFY:DEVICE_MIDI:&lt;device-id&gt; &lt;port-id&gt; NOTE_ON &lt;note&gt; &lt;velocity&gt;"
11487 </p>
11488 <p>"NOTIFY:DEVICE_MIDI:&lt;device-id&gt; &lt;port-id&gt; NOTE_OFF &lt;note&gt; &lt;velocity&gt;"
11489 </p>
11490 </blockquote><p>
11491
11492 </p>
11493 <p>where &lt;device-id&gt; &lt;port-id&gt; will be replaced
11494 by the IDs of the respective MIDI input device and the device's MIDI port where the MIDI
11495 data arrived. &lt;note&gt; and &lt;velocity&gt; are integer values in the range between
11496 0 .. 127, reflecting the analog meaning of the MIDI specification.
11497
11498 </p>
11499 <p>CAUTION: no guarantee whatsoever will be made that MIDI events are actually all
11500 delivered by this mechanism! With other words: events could be lost at any time!
11501 This restriction was made to keep the RT-safeness of the backend's MIDI and audio
11502 thread unaffected by this feature.
11503 </p>
11504 <a name="SUBSCRIBE VOICE_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
11505 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
11506 <a name="rfc.section.8.8"></a><h3>8.8.&nbsp;
11507 Number of active voices changed</h3>
11508
11509 <p>Client may want to be notified when the number of voices on the
11510 back-end changes by issuing the following command:
11511 </p>
11512 <p>
11513 </p>
11514 <blockquote class="text">
11515 <p>SUBSCRIBE VOICE_COUNT
11516 </p>
11517 </blockquote><p>
11518
11519 </p>
11520 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
11521 </p>
11522 <p>
11523 </p>
11524 <blockquote class="text">
11525 <p>"NOTIFY:VOICE_COUNT:&lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;voices&gt;"
11526 </p>
11527 </blockquote><p>
11528
11529 </p>
11530 <p>where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; will be replaced by the sampler channel the
11531 voice count change occurred and &lt;voices&gt; by the new number of
11532 active voices on that channel.
11533 </p>
11534 <a name="SUBSCRIBE STREAM_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
11535 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
11536 <a name="rfc.section.8.9"></a><h3>8.9.&nbsp;
11537 Number of active disk streams changed</h3>
11538
11539 <p>Client may want to be notified when the number of streams on the back-end
11540 changes by issuing the following command: SUBSCRIBE STREAM_COUNT
11541 </p>
11542 <p>
11543 </p>
11544 <blockquote class="text">
11545 <p>SUBSCRIBE STREAM_COUNT
11546 </p>
11547 </blockquote><p>
11548
11549 </p>
11550 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
11551 </p>
11552 <p>
11553 </p>
11554 <blockquote class="text">
11555 <p>"NOTIFY:STREAM_COUNT:&lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;streams&gt;"
11556 </p>
11557 </blockquote><p>
11558
11559 </p>
11560 <p>where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; will be replaced by the sampler channel the
11561 stream count change occurred and &lt;streams&gt; by the new number of
11562 active disk streams on that channel.
11563 </p>
11564 <a name="SUBSCRIBE BUFFER_FILL"></a><br /><hr />
11565 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
11566 <a name="rfc.section.8.10"></a><h3>8.10.&nbsp;
11567 Disk stream buffer fill state changed</h3>
11568
11569 <p>Client may want to be notified when the buffer fill state of a disk stream
11570 on the back-end changes by issuing the following command:
11571 </p>
11572 <p>
11573 </p>
11574 <blockquote class="text">
11575 <p>SUBSCRIBE BUFFER_FILL
11576 </p>
11577 </blockquote><p>
11578
11579 </p>
11580 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
11581 </p>
11582 <p>
11583 </p>
11584 <blockquote class="text">
11585 <p>"NOTIFY:BUFFER_FILL:&lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;fill-data&gt;"
11586 </p>
11587 </blockquote><p>
11588
11589 </p>
11590 <p>where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; will be replaced by the sampler channel the
11591 buffer fill state change occurred on and &lt;fill-data&gt; will be replaced by the
11592 buffer fill data for this channel as described in <a class='info' href='#GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL'>Section&nbsp;6.4.13<span> (</span><span class='info'>Current fill state of disk stream buffers</span><span>)</span></a>
11593 as if the <a class='info' href='#GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL'>"GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL PERCENTAGE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Current fill state of disk stream buffers</span><span>)</span></a> command was issued on this channel.
11594 </p>
11595 <a name="SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_INFO"></a><br /><hr />
11596 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
11597 <a name="rfc.section.8.11"></a><h3>8.11.&nbsp;
11598 Channel information changed</h3>
11599
11600 <p>Client may want to be notified when changes were made to sampler channels on the
11601 back-end by issuing the following command:
11602 </p>
11603 <p>
11604 </p>
11605 <blockquote class="text">
11606 <p>SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_INFO
11607 </p>
11608 </blockquote><p>
11609
11610 </p>
11611 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
11612 </p>
11613 <p>
11614 </p>
11615 <blockquote class="text">
11616 <p>"NOTIFY:CHANNEL_INFO:&lt;sampler-channel&gt;"
11617 </p>
11618 </blockquote><p>
11619
11620 </p>
11621 <p>where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; will be replaced by the sampler channel the
11622 channel info change occurred. The front-end will have to send
11623 the respective command to actually get the channel info. Because these messages
11624 will be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than real
11625 time events happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
11626 message is sufficient here.
11627 </p>
11628 <a name="SUBSCRIBE FX_SEND_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
11629 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
11630 <a name="rfc.section.8.12"></a><h3>8.12.&nbsp;
11631 Number of effect sends changed</h3>
11632
11633 <p>Client may want to be notified when the number of effect sends on
11634 a particular sampler channel is changed by issuing the following command:
11635 </p>
11636 <p>
11637 </p>
11638 <blockquote class="text">
11639 <p>SUBSCRIBE FX_SEND_COUNT
11640 </p>
11641 </blockquote><p>
11642
11643 </p>
11644 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
11645 </p>
11646 <p>
11647 </p>
11648 <blockquote class="text">
11649 <p>"NOTIFY:FX_SEND_COUNT:&lt;channel-id&gt; &lt;fx-sends&gt;"
11650 </p>
11651 </blockquote><p>
11652
11653 </p>
11654 <p>where &lt;channel-id&gt; will be replaced by the numerical ID of the sampler
11655 channel, on which the effect sends number is changed and &lt;fx-sends&gt; will
11656 be replaced by the new number of effect sends on that channel.
11657 </p>
11658 <a name="SUBSCRIBE FX_SEND_INFO"></a><br /><hr />
11659 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
11660 <a name="rfc.section.8.13"></a><h3>8.13.&nbsp;
11661 Effect send information changed</h3>
11662
11663 <p>Client may want to be notified when changes were made to effect sends on a
11664 a particular sampler channel by issuing the following command:
11665 </p>
11666 <p>
11667 </p>
11668 <blockquote class="text">
11669 <p>SUBSCRIBE FX_SEND_INFO
11670 </p>
11671 </blockquote><p>
11672
11673 </p>
11674 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
11675 </p>
11676 <p>
11677 </p>
11678 <blockquote class="text">
11679 <p>"NOTIFY:FX_SEND_INFO:&lt;channel-id&gt; &lt;fx-send-id&gt;"
11680 </p>
11681 </blockquote><p>
11682
11683 </p>
11684 <p>where &lt;channel-id&gt; will be replaced by the numerical ID of the sampler
11685 channel, on which an effect send entity is changed and &lt;fx-send-id&gt; will
11686 be replaced by the numerical ID of the changed effect send.
11687 </p>
11688 <a name="SUBSCRIBE TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
11689 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
11690 <a name="rfc.section.8.14"></a><h3>8.14.&nbsp;
11691 Total number of active voices changed</h3>
11692
11693 <p>Client may want to be notified when the total number of voices on the
11694 back-end changes by issuing the following command:
11695 </p>
11696 <p>
11697 </p>
11698 <blockquote class="text">
11699 <p>SUBSCRIBE TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT
11700 </p>
11701 </blockquote><p>
11702
11703 </p>
11704 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
11705 </p>
11706 <p>
11707 </p>
11708 <blockquote class="text">
11709 <p>"NOTIFY:TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT:&lt;voices&gt;"
11710 </p>
11711 </blockquote><p>
11712
11713 </p>
11714 <p>where &lt;voices&gt; will be replaced by the new number of
11715 all currently active voices.
11716 </p>
11717 <a name="SUBSCRIBE TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
11718 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
11719 <a name="rfc.section.8.15"></a><h3>8.15.&nbsp;
11720 Total number of active disk streams changed</h3>
11721
11722 <p>Client may want to be notified when the total number of disk streams on the
11723 back-end changes by issuing the following command:
11724 </p>
11725 <p>
11726 </p>
11727 <blockquote class="text">
11728 <p>SUBSCRIBE TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT
11729 </p>
11730 </blockquote><p>
11731
11732 </p>
11733 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
11734 </p>
11735 <p>
11736 </p>
11737 <blockquote class="text">
11738 <p>"NOTIFY:TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT:&lt;streams&gt;"
11739 </p>
11740 </blockquote><p>
11741
11742 </p>
11743 <p>where &lt;streams&gt; will be replaced by the new number of
11744 all currently active disk streams.
11745 </p>
11746 <a name="SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
11747 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
11748 <a name="rfc.section.8.16"></a><h3>8.16.&nbsp;
11749 Number of MIDI instrument maps changed</h3>
11750
11751 <p>Client may want to be notified when the number of MIDI instrument maps on the
11752 back-end changes by issuing the following command:
11753 </p>
11754 <p>
11755 </p>
11756 <blockquote class="text">
11757 <p>SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT
11758 </p>
11759 </blockquote><p>
11760
11761 </p>
11762 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
11763 </p>
11764 <p>
11765 </p>
11766 <blockquote class="text">
11767 <p>"NOTIFY:MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT:&lt;maps&gt;"
11768 </p>
11769 </blockquote><p>
11770
11771 </p>
11772 <p>where &lt;maps&gt; will be replaced by the new number
11773 of MIDI instrument maps.
11774 </p>
11775 <a name="SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO"></a><br /><hr />
11776 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
11777 <a name="rfc.section.8.17"></a><h3>8.17.&nbsp;
11778 MIDI instrument map information changed</h3>
11779
11780 <p>Client may want to be notified when changes were made to MIDI instrument maps on the
11781 back-end by issuing the following command:
11782 </p>
11783 <p>
11784 </p>
11785 <blockquote class="text">
11786 <p>SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO
11787 </p>
11788 </blockquote><p>
11789
11790 </p>
11791 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
11792 </p>
11793 <p>
11794 </p>
11795 <blockquote class="text">
11796 <p>"NOTIFY:MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO:&lt;map-id&gt;"
11797 </p>
11798 </blockquote><p>
11799
11800 </p>
11801 <p>where &lt;map-id&gt; will be replaced by the numerical ID of the MIDI instrument map,
11802 for which information changes occurred. The front-end will have to send
11803 the respective command to actually get the MIDI instrument map info. Because these messages
11804 will be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than real
11805 time events happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
11806 message is sufficient here.
11807 </p>
11808 <a name="SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
11809 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
11810 <a name="rfc.section.8.18"></a><h3>8.18.&nbsp;
11811 Number of MIDI instruments changed</h3>
11812
11813 <p>Client may want to be notified when the number of MIDI instrument maps on the
11814 back-end changes by issuing the following command:
11815 </p>
11816 <p>
11817 </p>
11818 <blockquote class="text">
11819 <p>SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
11820 </p>
11821 </blockquote><p>
11822
11823 </p>
11824 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
11825 </p>
11826 <p>
11827 </p>
11828 <blockquote class="text">
11829 <p>"NOTIFY:MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT:&lt;map-id&gt; &lt;instruments&gt;"
11830 </p>
11831 </blockquote><p>
11832
11833 </p>
11834 <p>where &lt;map-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the MIDI instrument map, in which
11835 the nuber of instruments has changed and &lt;instruments&gt; will be replaced by
11836 the new number of MIDI instruments in the specified map.
11837 </p>
11838 <a name="SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO"></a><br /><hr />
11839 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
11840 <a name="rfc.section.8.19"></a><h3>8.19.&nbsp;
11841 MIDI instrument information changed</h3>
11842
11843 <p>Client may want to be notified when changes were made to MIDI instruments on the
11844 back-end by issuing the following command:
11845 </p>
11846 <p>
11847 </p>
11848 <blockquote class="text">
11849 <p>SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO
11850 </p>
11851 </blockquote><p>
11852
11853 </p>
11854 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
11855 </p>
11856 <p>
11857 </p>
11858 <blockquote class="text">
11859 <p>"NOTIFY:MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO:&lt;map-id&gt; &lt;bank&gt; &lt;program&gt;"
11860 </p>
11861 </blockquote><p>
11862
11863 </p>
11864 <p>where &lt;map-id&gt; will be replaced by the numerical ID of the MIDI instrument map,
11865 in which a MIDI instrument is changed. &lt;bank&gt; and &lt;program&gt; specifies
11866 the location of the changed MIDI instrument in the map. The front-end will have to send
11867 the respective command to actually get the MIDI instrument info. Because these messages
11868 will be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than real
11869 time events happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
11870 message is sufficient here.
11871 </p>
11872 <a name="SUBSCRIBE GLOBAL_INFO"></a><br /><hr />
11873 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
11874 <a name="rfc.section.8.20"></a><h3>8.20.&nbsp;
11875 Global settings changed</h3>
11876
11877 <p>Client may want to be notified when changes to the global settings
11878 of the sampler were made by issuing the following command:
11879 </p>
11880 <p>
11881 </p>
11882 <blockquote class="text">
11883 <p>SUBSCRIBE GLOBAL_INFO
11884 </p>
11885 </blockquote><p>
11886
11887 </p>
11888 <p>Server will start sending the following types of notification messages:
11889 </p>
11890 <p>
11891 </p>
11892 <blockquote class="text">
11893 <p>"NOTIFY:GLOBAL_INFO:VOLUME &lt;volume&gt;" - Notifies that the
11894 golbal volume of the sampler is changed, where &lt;volume&gt; will be
11895 replaced by the optional dotted floating point value, reflecting the
11896 new global volume parameter.
11897 </p>
11898 </blockquote><p>
11899 </p>
11900 <blockquote class="text">
11901 <p>"NOTIFY:GLOBAL_INFO:VOICES &lt;max-voices&gt;" - Notifies that the
11902 golbal limit of the sampler for maximum voices is changed, where
11903 &lt;max-voices&gt; will be an integer value, reflecting the
11904 new global voice limit parameter.
11905 </p>
11906 </blockquote><p>
11907 </p>
11908 <blockquote class="text">
11909 <p>"NOTIFY:GLOBAL_INFO:STREAMS &lt;max-streams&gt;" - Notifies that the
11910 golbal limit of the sampler for maximum disk streams is changed, where
11911 &lt;max-streams&gt; will be an integer value, reflecting the
11912 new global disk streams limit parameter.
11913 </p>
11914 </blockquote><p>
11915
11916 </p>
11917 <a name="SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
11918 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
11919 <a name="rfc.section.8.21"></a><h3>8.21.&nbsp;
11920 Number of database instrument directories changed</h3>
11921
11922 <p>Client may want to be notified when the number of instrument
11923 directories in a particular directory in the instruments database
11924 is changed by issuing the following command:
11925 </p>
11926 <p>
11927 </p>
11928 <blockquote class="text">
11929 <p>SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT
11930 </p>
11931 </blockquote><p>
11932
11933 </p>
11934 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
11935 </p>
11936 <p>
11937 </p>
11938 <blockquote class="text">
11939 <p>"NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT:&lt;dir-path&gt;"
11940 </p>
11941 </blockquote><p>
11942
11943 </p>
11944 <p>where &lt;dir-path&gt; will be replaced by the absolute path
11945 name of the directory in the instruments database,
11946 in which the number of directories is changed.
11947 </p>
11948 <p>Note that when a non-empty directory is removed, this event
11949 is not sent for the subdirectories in that directory.
11950 </p>
11951 <a name="SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO"></a><br /><hr />
11952 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
11953 <a name="rfc.section.8.22"></a><h3>8.22.&nbsp;
11954 Database instrument directory information changed</h3>
11955
11956 <p>Client may want to be notified when changes were made to directories
11957 in the instruments database by issuing the following command:
11958 </p>
11959 <p>
11960 </p>
11961 <blockquote class="text">
11962 <p>SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO
11963 </p>
11964 </blockquote><p>
11965
11966 </p>
11967 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
11968 </p>
11969 <p>
11970 </p>
11971 <blockquote class="text">
11972 <p>"NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO:&lt;dir-path&gt;"
11973 </p>
11974 </blockquote><p>
11975
11976 </p>
11977 <p>where &lt;dir-path&gt; will be replaced by the absolute path name
11978 of the directory, for which information changes occurred. The front-end will have to send
11979 the respective command to actually get the updated directory info. Because these messages
11980 will be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than real
11981 time events happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
11982 message is sufficient here.
11983 </p>
11984 <p>
11985 </p>
11986 <blockquote class="text">
11987 <p>"NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO:NAME &lt;old-dir-path&gt; &lt;new-name&gt;"
11988 </p>
11989 </blockquote><p>
11990
11991 </p>
11992 <p>where &lt;old-dir-path&gt; is the old absolute path name of the directory
11993 (encapsulated into apostrophes), which name is changes and &lt;new-name&gt; is
11994 the new name of the directory, encapsulated into apostrophes.
11995 </p>
11996 <a name="SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
11997 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
11998 <a name="rfc.section.8.23"></a><h3>8.23.&nbsp;
11999 Number of database instruments changed</h3>
12000
12001 <p>Client may want to be notified when the number of instruments
12002 in a particular directory in the instruments database
12003 is changed by issuing the following command:
12004 </p>
12005 <p>
12006 </p>
12007 <blockquote class="text">
12008 <p>SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
12009 </p>
12010 </blockquote><p>
12011
12012 </p>
12013 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
12014 </p>
12015 <p>
12016 </p>
12017 <blockquote class="text">
12018 <p>"NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT:&lt;dir-path&gt;"
12019 </p>
12020 </blockquote><p>
12021
12022 </p>
12023 <p>where &lt;dir-path&gt; will be replaced by the absolute path
12024 name of the directory in the instruments database,
12025 in which the number of instruments is changed.
12026 </p>
12027 <p>Note that when a non-empty directory is removed, this event
12028 is not sent for the instruments in that directory.
12029 </p>
12030 <a name="SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO"></a><br /><hr />
12031 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
12032 <a name="rfc.section.8.24"></a><h3>8.24.&nbsp;
12033 Database instrument information changed</h3>
12034
12035 <p>Client may want to be notified when changes were made to instruments
12036 in the instruments database by issuing the following command:
12037 </p>
12038 <p>
12039 </p>
12040 <blockquote class="text">
12041 <p>SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO
12042 </p>
12043 </blockquote><p>
12044
12045 </p>
12046 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
12047 </p>
12048 <p>
12049 </p>
12050 <blockquote class="text">
12051 <p>"NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO:&lt;instr-path&gt;"
12052 </p>
12053 </blockquote><p>
12054
12055 </p>
12056 <p>where &lt;instr-path&gt; will be replaced by the absolute path name
12057 of the instrument, which settings are changed. The front-end will have to send
12058 the respective command to actually get the updated directory info. Because these messages
12059 will be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than real
12060 time events happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
12061 message is sufficient here.
12062 </p>
12063 <p>
12064 </p>
12065 <blockquote class="text">
12066 <p>"NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO:NAME &lt;old-instr-path&gt; &lt;new-name&gt;"
12067 </p>
12068 </blockquote><p>
12069
12070 </p>
12071 <p>where &lt;old-instr-path&gt; is the old absolute path name of the instrument
12072 (encapsulated into apostrophes), which name is changes and &lt;new-name&gt; is
12073 the new name of the instrument, encapsulated into apostrophes.
12074 </p>
12075 <a name="SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB_INFO"></a><br /><hr />
12076 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
12077 <a name="rfc.section.8.25"></a><h3>8.25.&nbsp;
12078 Database job status information changed</h3>
12079
12080 <p>Client may want to be notified when the status of particular database
12081 instruments job is changed by issuing the following command:
12082 </p>
12083 <p>
12084 </p>
12085 <blockquote class="text">
12086 <p>SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB_INFO
12087 </p>
12088 </blockquote><p>
12089
12090 </p>
12091 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
12092 </p>
12093 <p>
12094 </p>
12095 <blockquote class="text">
12096 <p>"NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB_INFO:&lt;job-id&gt;"
12097 </p>
12098 </blockquote><p>
12099
12100 </p>
12101 <p>where &lt;job-id&gt; will be replaced by the numerical ID of the job,
12102 which status is changed. The front-end will have to send the respective
12103 command to actually get the status info. Because these messages
12104 will be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than real
12105 time events happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
12106 message is sufficient here.
12107 </p>
12108 <a name="SUBSCRIBE MISCELLANEOUS"></a><br /><hr />
12109 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
12110 <a name="rfc.section.8.26"></a><h3>8.26.&nbsp;
12111 Miscellaneous and debugging events</h3>
12112
12113 <p>Client may want to be notified of miscellaneous and debugging events occurring at
12114 the server by issuing the following command:
12115 </p>
12116 <p>
12117 </p>
12118 <blockquote class="text">
12119 <p>SUBSCRIBE MISCELLANEOUS
12120 </p>
12121 </blockquote><p>
12122
12123 </p>
12124 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
12125 </p>
12126 <p>
12127 </p>
12128 <blockquote class="text">
12129 <p>"NOTIFY:MISCELLANEOUS:&lt;string&gt;"
12130 </p>
12131 </blockquote><p>
12132
12133 </p>
12134 <p>where &lt;string&gt; will be replaced by whatever data server
12135 wants to send to the client. Client MAY display this data to the
12136 user AS IS to facilitate debugging.
12137 </p>
12138 <a name="anchor14"></a><br /><hr />
12139 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
12140 <a name="rfc.section.9"></a><h3>9.&nbsp;
12141 Security Considerations</h3>
12142
12143 <p>As there is so far no method of authentication and authorization
12144 defined and so not required for a client applications to succeed to
12145 connect, running LinuxSampler might be a security risk for the host
12146 system the LinuxSampler instance is running on.
12147 </p>
12148 <a name="anchor15"></a><br /><hr />
12149 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
12150 <a name="rfc.section.10"></a><h3>10.&nbsp;
12151 Acknowledgments</h3>
12152
12153 <p>This document has benefited greatly from the comments of the
12154 following people, discussed on the LinuxSampler developer's mailing
12155 list:
12156 </p>
12157 <p>
12158 </p>
12159 <blockquote class="text">
12160 <p>Rui Nuno Capela
12161 </p>
12162 <p>Vladimir Senkov
12163 </p>
12164 <p>Mark Knecht
12165 </p>
12166 <p>Grigor Iliev
12167 </p>
12168 </blockquote><p>
12169
12170 </p>
12171 <a name="rfc.references1"></a><br /><hr />
12172 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
12173 <h3>11.&nbsp;References</h3>
12174 <table width="99%" border="0">
12175 <tr><td class="author-text" valign="top"><a name="RFC20">[RFC20]</a></td>
12176 <td class="author-text">UCLA, &ldquo;<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc20">ASCII format for Network Interchange</a>,&rdquo; RFC&nbsp;20, 1969.</td></tr>
12177 <tr><td class="author-text" valign="top"><a name="RFC2119">[RFC2119]</a></td>
12178 <td class="author-text">Bradner, S., &ldquo;<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2119">Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate Requirement Levels</a>,&rdquo; RFC&nbsp;2119, 1997.</td></tr>
12179 <tr><td class="author-text" valign="top"><a name="RFC2234">[RFC2234]</a></td>
12180 <td class="author-text">Crocker, D. and P. Overell, &ldquo;<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2234">Augmented BNF for Syntax Specifications</a>,&rdquo; RFC&nbsp;2234, 1997.</td></tr>
12181 <tr><td class="author-text" valign="top"><a name="RFC793">[RFC793]</a></td>
12182 <td class="author-text">Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency, &ldquo;<a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc793">TRANSMISSION CONTROL PROTOCOL</a>,&rdquo; RFC&nbsp;793, 1981.</td></tr>
12183 </table>
12184
12185 <a name="rfc.authors"></a><br /><hr />
12186 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
12187 <h3>Author's Address</h3>
12188 <table width="99%" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0">
12189 <tr><td class="author-text">&nbsp;</td>
12190 <td class="author-text">C.
12191 Schoenebeck</td></tr>
12192 <tr><td class="author-text">&nbsp;</td>
12193 <td class="author-text">Interessengemeinschaft Software Engineering e. V.</td></tr>
12194 <tr><td class="author-text">&nbsp;</td>
12195 <td class="author-text">Max-Planck-Str. 39</td></tr>
12196 <tr><td class="author-text">&nbsp;</td>
12197 <td class="author-text">74081 Heilbronn</td></tr>
12198 <tr><td class="author-text">&nbsp;</td>
12199 <td class="author-text">Germany</td></tr>
12200 <tr><td class="author" align="right">Email:&nbsp;</td>
12201 <td class="author-text"><a href="mailto:schoenebeck at software minus engineering dot org">schoenebeck at software minus engineering dot org</a></td></tr>
12202 </table>
12203 <a name="rfc.copyright"></a><br /><hr />
12204 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
12205 <h3>Full Copyright Statement</h3>
12206 <p class='copyright'>
12207 Copyright &copy; The IETF Trust (2009).</p>
12208 <p class='copyright'>
12209 This document is subject to the rights,
12210 licenses and restrictions contained in BCP&nbsp;78,
12211 and except as set forth therein,
12212 the authors retain all their rights.</p>
12213 <p class='copyright'>
12214 This document and the information contained herein are provided
12215 on an &ldquo;AS IS&rdquo; basis and THE CONTRIBUTOR,
12216 THE ORGANIZATION HE/SHE REPRESENTS
12217 OR IS SPONSORED BY (IF ANY), THE INTERNET SOCIETY, THE IETF TRUST
12218 AND THE INTERNET ENGINEERING TASK FORCE DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES,
12219 EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY THAT
12220 THE USE OF THE INFORMATION HEREIN WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY RIGHTS OR ANY
12221 IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
12222 PURPOSE.</p>
12223 <h3>Intellectual Property</h3>
12224 <p class='copyright'>
12225 The IETF takes no position regarding the validity or scope of any
12226 Intellectual Property Rights or other rights that might be claimed
12227 to pertain to the implementation or use of the technology
12228 described in this document or the extent to which any license
12229 under such rights might or might not be available; nor does it
12230 represent that it has made any independent effort to identify any
12231 such rights.
12232 Information on the procedures with respect to
12233 rights in RFC documents can be found in BCP&nbsp;78 and BCP&nbsp;79.</p>
12234 <p class='copyright'>
12235 Copies of IPR disclosures made to the IETF Secretariat and any
12236 assurances of licenses to be made available,
12237 or the result of an attempt made to obtain a general license or
12238 permission for the use of such proprietary rights by implementers or
12239 users of this specification can be obtained from the IETF on-line IPR
12240 repository at <a href='http://www.ietf.org/ipr'>http://www.ietf.org/ipr</a>.</p>
12241 <p class='copyright'>
12242 The IETF invites any interested party to bring to its attention
12243 any copyrights,
12244 patents or patent applications,
12245 or other
12246 proprietary rights that may cover technology that may be required
12247 to implement this standard.
12248 Please address the information to the IETF at <a href='mailto:ietf-ipr@ietf.org'>ietf-ipr@ietf.org</a>.</p>
12249 </body></html>
12250

  ViewVC Help
Powered by ViewVC